HELDON
PRODUCT
GUIDE
REFRIGERATION
& AIR-CONDITIONING
COMPONENTS
EDITION 69
LOCAL SOLUTIONS FOR GLOBAL CHALLENGES
We at Heldon are proud to be Australia’s manufacturing choice and global supplier of high quality refrigeration and airconditioning components. Our latest catalogue is representative of our current product offering.
Heldon is now partnered with the world renown Henry Technologies to developing products efficiencies to deliver best quality
at best price practice.
We trust this catalogue serves you well and we are always interested in your inquiries and feedback.
sales@heldon.com.au / www.heldon.com.au
Phone no. + 61 (03) 9286 4222
Fax no. + 61 (03) 9286 4242
Yours Sincerely,
The Heldon Team.
www.heldon.com.au
LOCAL SOLUTIONS FOR GLOBAL CHALLENGES
The cornerstone of our quality processes is our quality
management system complying with AS/NZS ISO 9001.
We employ a systematic approach to quality assurance
which starts at the design and research stage of new product
development and continues through to material selection
and sourcing. Every component manufactured or sourced
undergoes a rigorous qualification regime.
Heldon have invested heavily in their manufacturing facilities. We
utilise precision machining centres, rotary automated welding
and worlds best practice dedicated cells that include the use
of lean manufacture and waste elimination.
All our manufacturing facilities are ISO 9001 certified and
currently manufacture components and vessels that comply
with PED, carry the CE mark, ASME, AS1210, AS2971, UL207
and CRN.
Heldon engineers are encouraged wherever possible to work
with and support our customers and business partners.
This interaction is an important part of the Heldon Products
philosophy of adding value and improving outcomes for all
stake holders in our industry.
Brand product catalogues are produced showcasing
companies collections of goods around the world, this product
guide has been written by Australian Industry tradespeople
and Engineers to give the latest technical information on
product solutions appropriate for performance results in
Australia and New Zealand applications.
Appropriate standards and product competence are at the
forefront of this product guide. The latest product guide
information is available at www.heldon.com.au or contact
Heldon at 03 9286 4222.
Heldon employs a dedicated team of engineers responsible
for all facets of new product development and continued
improvement of existing lines. The latest 3D CAD modelling
with CFD analysis is employed. This is further backed by life
cycle, fluid dynamics and static pressure testing to ensure a
high quality product every time.
Our other brochures:
&20321(176
)25
&2
&20321(176
)25&2
7+(5023/$67,&
+26(6),77,1*6
$&&(6625,(6
)/(;,%/(
)$1
62/87,216
)255()5,*(5$7,21
6+$'('32/(648$5(47<3()$1027256
$,5&21',7,21,1*6<67(06
H46(5,(6(&)$1027256
$;,$/)$166,1*/(3+$6(
)DQEURFKXUHFRPELQHGLQGG
$0
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon is a leading manufacturer of refrigeration and air-conditioning components.
Established in Melbourne in 1933 and now part of the Henry group, Heldon have grown to become a truly global company
with manufacturing facilities in Australia , Asia, USA, UK and Canada. Heldon is an internationally respected and innovative
manufacturer of HVAC/R components. We have built our reputation on over 80 years of experience to ensure every component
that bears our name will perform to specification and produce a better outcome for all stakeholders.
Heldon ensure all components continue to meet and exceed expectations of our customers. Products are tested during
and after final assembly. Heldon is a flexible customer focused company that is able to design and manufacture products
for special applications. We will tailor a customised logistic & inventory management program to suit your unique needs.
Please contact the sales office in your region.
!
5
6
5
C
7
8
B
6
;
7
9
D
:
;
8
E
<
:
=
9
=
:
;
F
<
:
>
9
?
F
E
8
D
@
A
G
6
H
I
B
A
8
8
7
D
25 Tullamarine Park Road,
Tullamarine VIC 3043
Australia
Tel: +61 3 9286 4222
Fax: +61 3 9286 4242
J
K
<
J
=
:
:
=
>
?
J
L
@
:
A
K
B
K
<
Q
:
;
B
7
>
?
@
A
B
C
"
5
B
=
>
!
9
G
?
O
#
@
A
B
"
$
%
&
'
(
"
)
J
=
E
;
E
L
<
B
7
Room # 9T,
655 3rd street, Suite 100,
Tseng Chow Trade Building, Beloit, WI 53511 USA
No. 1590 West Yan’an Road,
Changning District, Shanghai, Tel: + 1608 361 4400
PRC, 200050
Tel: + 86 21 6280 9530
+ 86 21 6280 9531
Fax : + 86 21 6280 9532
M
:
A
8
E
9
G
N
O
:
<
P
J
E
6
Tel: + 86 576 8296 7700
+86 576 8296 7733
Fax: + 86 576 8296 7755
*
$
+
,
I
B
A
"
C
:
=
B
=
"
-
:
D
9
G
(
:
*
O
>
%
B
A
?
.
@
J
%
=
A
/
0
"
1
2
$
%
3
4
B
E
Q
;
E
L
<
B
7
P.O. Box 1385
Brantford, Ontario
N3T 5T6 Canada
General Enquiries
Tel: 1-800-263-0086
Switchboard:
1-519-759-3010
Fax: 1-519-759-1611
R
C
B
>
=
?
9
G
@
A
O
K
B
B
A
J
=
E
;
E
L
Mossland Road
Hillington Park
Glasgow, G52 4XZ
Scotland, UK.
General Enquiries:
+ 44 141 882 4621
Sales Of!ce Fax:
+ 44 141 810 9199
<
B
7
<
C
B
=
L
:
=
S
9
G
E
9
O
B
B
>
A
?
J
@
=
A
E
B
;
E
L
<
B
7
F
8
B
H
8
D
Blk 203B Henderson Road
12-11 Henderson Industrial Park
Singapore 159546
Tel: + 65 6 295 0055
Fax: + 65 6 295 0061
Heldon
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1:
Filter
Driers
Strainers
Filter
Driers
&&
Strainers
Filter Driers/Drier Cores
Liquid Line Filter Driers
Bi-Flow Filter Driers
Suction/Burnout Filter Driers
Replaceable Filter Core Drier Shells
Drier Cores
Strainers
6:
PRV's
Other
Safety
Devices
PRV's
&&
Other
Safety
Devices
2
6
9
11
14
17
19
2:Valves
Valves
Packless Line Valves
Packed Capped Valves
Capped Line Valves
Service Valves
Ball Valves
3-In-1 Ball Valves
Full Flow Rotalock Valves
Standard Flow Rotalock Valves
Check Valves
Magnetic Check Valves
Solenoid Valves
Solenoid Coils
Reversing Valves
20
22
24
27
29
33
35
41
42
45
47
50
53
3:Flow
FlowControls
Controls
Moisture Indicators
Rotalock Sight Glasses
Sight Glasses
Liquid Indicators
Vibration Eliminators
Discharge Mufflers
55
59
62
63
65
67
Pressure Relief Valves
Three-Way Dual Shut-Off Valves
Rupture Disc
Pressure Indicator
Pressure Switch
Sentry Safety Device Assemblies
Safety Device Kits
Liquid Level Switches
Liquid & Oil Level Probes
102
110
111
114
115
116
118
120
124
Fittings
7:
Fittings
Copper Fittings
Copper Couplings
Copper Bushes
Copper Tees
P-Traps
Copper Elbows
Copper Return Bends
Y-Pieces
Bonnets
Copper Stop Ends
Copper Washers
Pipe Clips
Capillary Tubes
Brass
Flare Nuts
Schrader Fittings
Brass Fittings
Unions
Forged Elbows
Forged Tees
125
127
128
129
129
129
130
131
131
132
132
133
133
134
135
136
138
139
144
146
4:Pressure
PressureVessels
Vessels
Liquid Receivers
Suction Accumulators
69
72
5:
Management
OilOil
Management
Technical Information
Oil Separators Information
Conventional Oil Separators
Helical Oil Separators
Helical Oil Separator - Reservoirs
Oil Reservoirs
Reservoir Pressure Valves
Oil Strainers
Oil Filters and Oil Filter Driers
Demountable Oil Filters
Oil Regulator Shut-Off Valve
Positive Oil Exchange Valve
77
80
85
87
90
92
95
96
97
99
100
101
8:
Controls
Tools
Controls
&&
Tools
Accessories
Service Replacement Thermostats
Ranco Invensys Parts
Tools
148
150
151
Terms & Conditions of Sales
152
www.heldon.com.au
1
Heldon
TECHNICAL INFORMATION - FILTER DRIERS/DRIER CORES
Introduction
New refrigerants and synthetic oils (such as POE/PAG) demand a
more precise operating environment than ever before. Excessive
moisture and contamination levels can quickly lead to a loss
of refrigeration capacity, system efficiency or even breakdown.
The Solution?
Trust in time-tested Heldon Filter Driers/Drier Cores to offer
reliable, long lasting protection, for both food service and
air conditioning applications, whether new installation, field
replacement or retrofit.
The First Line of System Protection
The Filter Drier/Drier Core in a refrigeration or air conditioning
system is often referred to as the system protector, because it
removes harmful elements from the circulating refrigerants and
lubricants before serious damage results.
The Filter Driers/Drier Cores Function
The primary contaminants which Filter Driers/Drier Cores
are expected to remove are:
1. Moisture.
2. Acids.
3. Solid contaminants such as metal filings, flux, dirt,
oxides and wax.
4. Sludges and Varnish.
1. Moisture
Moisture or water can come from many sources:
Improper dehydration of new equipment.
Improper field assembly or poor service procedures.
Refrigerant leaks.
Wet refrigerant.
Wet oil, Poly-ol Ester (POE) which is much more “moisture loving”
(hygroscopic) than mineral oils.
A leading international compressor manufacturer’s experience
with Poly-ol Ester Oil is presented in Fig. 1.
*Note that if the moisture content of the POE oil is greater than
75 PPM (parts per million), the POE reverts back to its original
chemical – an alcohol and an organic acid. Alcohol reduces
the Filter Drier's effectiveness with water and acid attacks the
refrigeration system's internals.
For the most cost effective method of removing the harmful effects
of moisture, simply choose a Heldon Filter Drier/Drier Core.
•
•
•
•
•
2
The seriousness of POE’s hygroscopic nature is depicted as the
compressor with its oil, moves its way from manufacture, to rack
fabrication, to field installation and finally comissioning.
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Figure 1.
Compressor/Polyol Ester Oil
Moisture Content Versus Time
Sample Size: 13
Moisture Level In
Oil (PPM)
300
270 PPM
237 PPM
200
156 PPM
100
93 PPM
129 PPM
75 PPM
Filter Change At
60 Days Operating
30 PPM
20 PPM
0
Ex-Compressor
Manufacturer
Ex-Rack
Manufacturer
At Jobsite
In Operation
75 Days
2. Acids
3. Solid Contaminants
Acids are formed by a combination of refrigerants being heated
to elevated temperatures and the presence of high moisture
content in the system. This Hydrolysis forms both Hydrochloric
and Hydrofluoric (inorganic) acids. Organic acids are also created
from the lubricants breakdown in the presence of moisture.
Since acids attack and corrode the metals in a refrigeration
system, it is crucial that they be removed as quickly as possible
to minimise damage.
These include dirt, copper oxide scale, sludges, flux, metallic
particles etc. Such contaminates can be introduced during
manufacture, field assembly or service. They can damage
compressor cylinder walls, bearings and cause blockages of
capillary tubes or TX Valve strainers. These contaminants create
the conditions necessary for the decomposition of the refrigerant/
lubricant mixture at high temperatures.
It is crucial to beware of the harmful effects of high discharge or
condensing temperatures on refrigeration systems, as they act
as the major catalyst in the production of acids. It is good trade
practice to replace the Filter Drier or Core whenever a system has
operated for extended periods under high operating temperatures.
Heldon Filter Driers/Cores have a critical mission to remove this
acid, prolonging the life of compressors and refrigerants.
The effective removal of contaminants is difficult due to the wide
range of particle sizes that can be encountered in a system.
A refrigeration system demands:
•
•
•
Thorough low micron filtration to capture these particles.
Guaranteed uniform porosity through the entire Filter Drier
Core.
A core shaped to give maximum surface area with negligible
pressure drop.
Improved filtration, long lasting results.
Case Study
•
A recent Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) study
showed that even weak acid circulating in a refrigeration
system could reduce a compressor’s life from one million hours
to approximately 1,000 hours.
Heldon Filter Driers/Cores offer thorough filtration with less
chance of total core blockage.
www.heldon.com.au
3
Heldon
4. Sludges and Varnish
Even the cleanest system when subjected to unusually high discharge
temperatures will suffer from lubricant breakdown. Sludge, varnish
and carbon deposits are some of the by-products of this occurrence.
A refrigeration system can feature certain catalytic metals (iron
& copper) that can further contribute to the refrigerant/lubricant
mixture’s breakdown.
What is a Desiccant?
Desiccant is the material used to filter and dry the refrigerant and oil.
The four most commonly used desiccants are:
•
•
•
•
3A Molecular Sieve (MS) - most effective against moisture.
Activated Alumina (AL) - most effective against acid.
Activated Carbon (AC) - most affective against sludges and varnish
Silica Gel
Table 1.
Acid Capacity of Desiccants
Dessiccant
Inorganic Acid (% by wt.)
Organic Acid Capacity (% by wt.)
Molecular Sieve
6%
0.8%
Activated Alumina
6%
5.5%
Figure 2.
Water Capacity per kg of Desiccant, g
Moisture Equilibrium Curves for R-22 and
Three Common Desiccants at 24˚C
200
150
Molecular Sieve
Activated Alumina
100
Silica Gel
50
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Moisture In R-22, mg/kg
*Source: 2002 Ashrae Refrigeration Handbook
4
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Heldon’s range of system protectors, delivering
Total Filtration Management Solutions
Heldon’s range of Filter Driers /Drier Cores are manufactured from
the desiccants 3A Molecular Sieve, Activated Alumina and Activated
Carbon. The most suitable desiccant is chosen for the Filter Drier's
intended application and its location within the refrigeration system.
Heldon’s vast experience has resulted in the creation of proprietary
mixtures to target the removal of system contaminants before
they can do damage and cause breakdowns to the refrigeration
system. Designed in conjunction with the Suction Filter Element,
Heldon delivers total filtration management solutions for the benefit
of customers.
• 3A Molecular Sieve (MS)
Used for maximum moisture removal, the 3A Molecular Sieve
traps and removes water molecules from the circulating
refrigerant and oil. Tested in accord with ARI 710-86, when
installed in the Liquid Line these Filter Driers provide the
drying capacity necessary to keep the moisture content of
the circulating fluids below 75 parts per million (ppm). This
therefore avoids the creation of acids in POE oils.
Heldon’s 3A Molecular Sieve Filter Driers/Drier Cores are
suitable for the traditional refrigerants (including R717) as well
as the modern refrigerants including high pressure R410A
and CO2. 3A MS Filter Driers/Drier Cores deliver the most cost
effective means of removing the harmful effects of moisture
from the refrigeration system.
• 3A MS and Activated Alumina (AL) mixtures
For high performance moisture, acid and contaminant
removal, Heldon provides its customers with Filter Drier Cores
that contain a mixture of both 3A MS and Activated Alumina.
The Activated Alumina chemically attracts acids that may be
present in the refrigeration system, locking them away so
as to prolong the life of compressors, refrigerants, and oils.
• Suction Core – 100% Molecular Sieve
Targets moisture & particulate removal from the suction line
before these contaminants can reach the compressor. Ideal
for commissioning purposes, these replaceable Cores feature
a unique design that delivers both low pressure drop, in
conjunction with high refrigerant flow rates.
• Suction Filter Element – Fluted Filter Type
Compressor manufacturers know that motor burnouts can be
caused by system contaminants returning down the suction
line. Foreign particles including copper oxides, metal and
copper pieces enter the compressor and become imbedded
in the motor windings themselves. As the compressor starts
and stops, these windings flex and move. The particles present
scrape the insulation of the motor windings leading to motor
burnout, system downtime and possible stock losses.
To extend the life span of the compressor, adequate filtration
is required before the suction service valve.
Specially designed for such an application, the Suction Filter
Element removes returning contaminants down to 10 microns
(Filter Beta rating = 10: ISO 4548-12). Its fluted design keeps
the collected debris safely imbedded in the filter whilst its large
surface area keeps pressure drop to a minimum.
Heldon Suction Filter Element provides the compressor with
the particulate protection it needs to prevent breakdowns
caused by a contaminated system.
Note that good trade practice dictates that the Maximum
recommended pressure drop in the Suction Line Filter for
commercial refrigeration (R134a) is 10.3 kPa.
Note that, high percentage mixes of AL are not recommended
for long term use with POE oils, as they can strip the
compressor manufacturer's oil additives from the systems
lubricant.
• 3A MS, AL and Activated Carbon (AC) mixtures
Best suited for clean up after burnout and for severely
contaminated systems plagued with moisture, acids, sludge/
varnish and other contaminant issues. Working in conjunction
with the other desiccants present in this type of Filter Drier, the
Activated Carbon cleans the operating system of the deposits
that contribute to the breakdown of refrigerant and lubricants.
When fitted, these Filter Driers/Drier Cores provide the best insurance
policy available for any compressor replaced in the field.
www.heldon.com.au
5
Heldon
LIQUID LINE FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
Heldon Liquid Line Filter Driers offer a high level of protection for
refrigeration and air-conditioning systems. They are specifically
designed to remove moisture and solid particles from the system
before acids can be created to damage the compressor. Ideally
suited to HFC refrigerants and POE/PAG oils, they do not strip
compressor manufacturer's oil additives.
3000 Series
3001 Series
Features
Benefits
1. Solid core construction with optimised binding agent.
1. Uniform porosity throughout the entire core guarantees
particulate filtration and retention.
2. The most effective desiccant for moisture removal.
3. A secondary line of defence that provides thorough low
micron filtration of particles from the system.
4. Easier to install, provides longer service life.
5. Suitable for harsh environments.
6. Suited for R410A.
2. 100% 3A Molecular Sieve core.
3. Post Core non-woven fine polyester filter.
4. Solid copper sweat or zinc plated flare connections.
5. Powder coated UL approved shell rated to 4,200 kPa/610 psi.
6. Suitable for high pressure applications (R410A).
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971 and UL207
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
6
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Capacities
Liquid Capacity Table (kw)
Conn.
Size
(Inch)
Flare
Part No.
Solder
Part No.
Shell
Dia.
Drying Capacity Tables (kg refrigerant)
R134a
R507
R22
R407C
R410A
R134a
R404A
R22
R744
Drops
of
Water
R407C
R410A
R404A
24°C
52°C
24°C
52°C
24°C
52°C
24°C
52°C
@24°C
1/4
3000-032
3001-032S
46
6.1
6.5
5.8
3.2
8.9
4.9
5
5
5.0
8
5
5
5
160
3/8
3000-033
3001-033S
46
20.8
22.1
17.7
10.3
27.1
4.9
5
5
5.0
8
5
5
5
160
1/4
3000-052
3001-052S
65
7.7
8.2
6.4
3.5
9.8
10
9
10.6
10
16
9.6
11
9.1
310
3/8
3000-053
3001-053S
65
19.0
20.2
17.2
10.2
26.3
10
9
10.6
10
16
9.6
11
9.1
310
1/4
3000-082
3001-082S
65
7.9
8.5
6.6
3.6
10.1
15.8
15
16.9
16
25
15.4
17
14.6
500
3/8
3000-083
3001-083S
65
21.7
23.1
18.7
10.5
28.7
15.8
15
16.9
16
25
15.4
17
14.6
500
1/2
3000-084
3001-084S
65
31.1
33.2
26.7
15.6
40.8
15.8
15
16.9
16
25
15.4
17
14.6
500
1/4
3000-162
3001-162S
78
8.6
9.2
7.2
3.9
11.0
25
23
26
25.2
39
24
27
23
780
3/8
3000-163
3001-162S
78
23.0
24.5
20.1
11.1
30.8
25
23
26
25.2
39
24
27
23
780
1/2
3000-164
3001-164S
78
34.9
37.3
30.3
16.9
46.4
25
23
26
25.2
39
24
27
23
780
5/8
3000-165
3001-165S
78
34.4
36.7
30.1
16.0
46.1
25
23
26
25.2
39
24
27
23
780
3/8
3000-303
3001-303S
78
23.2
24.7
20.2
11.0
31.0
51
47.4
55
52
81
50
55
47
1620
1/2
3000-304
3001-304S
78
35.7
38.1
31.1
16.8
47.6
51
47.4
55
52
81
50
55
47
1620
5/8
3000-305
3001-305S
78
43.5
46.4
38.2
21.3
58.4
51
47.4
55
52
81
50
55
47
1620
3/4
3000-306
3001-306S
78
64.3
68.5
56.0
30.9
85.6
51
47.4
55
52
81
50
55
47
1620
7/8
-
3001-307S
78
64.3
68.5
56.0
30.9
85.6
51
47.4
55
52
81
50
55
47
1620
3/8
3000-413
3001-413S
92
26.3
28.0
23.2
12.7
35.5
77
71
82
78
121
75
83
71
2430
1/2
3000-414
3001-414S
92
41.6
44.4
36.4
19.9
55.6
77
71
82
78
121
75
83
71
2430
5/8
3000-415
3001-415S
92
58.3
62.2
50.9
27.1
77.9
77
71
82
78
121
75
83
71
2430
3/4
3000-416
3001-416S
92
67.7
72.2
59.1
31.4
90.4
77
71
82
78
121
75
83
71
2430
7/8
-
3001-417S
92
67.7
72.2
59.1
31.4
90.4
77
71
82
78
121
75
83
71
2430
Given in accordance with ARI 710-86 for:
Evaporator temperature; te = -15°C
Condensing temperature; tc = 30°C
P = 7 kPa (1 psi)
Pressure drop;
Drying Capacity based on moisture content reduction
requirements as follows:
R22, R410A; down to 60 ppm
R407C, R404a, R507; down to 30 ppm
R134a; down to 75 ppm
www.heldon.com.au
7
Heldon
Dimensions
3000 Series - Flare
3001 Series - Solder
Dimensions (mm)
Solder
Part No.
Weight
(kg)
1/4
3000-032
110
46
0.255
1/4
3001-032S
81
46
0.225
3/8
3000-033
120
46
0.310
3/8
3001-033S
85
46
0.260
B
A
B
1/4
3000-052
119
65
0.395
1/4
3001-052S
90
65
0.360
3/8
3000-053
129
65
0.435
3/8
3001-053S
94
65
0.380
1/4
3000-082
145
65
0.515
1/4
3001-082S
116
65
0.480
3/8
3000-083
155
65
0.550
3/8
3001-083S
120
65
0.485
1/2
3000-084
163
65
0.580
1/2
3001-084S
122
65
0.495
1/4
3000-162
159
78
0.750
1/4
3001-162S
130
78
0.755
3/8
3000-163
169
78
0.790
3/8
3001-163S
134
78
0.805
1/2
3000-164
177
78
0.825
1/2
3001-164S
136
78
0.820
5/8
3000-165
185
78
0.895
5/8
3001-165S
134
78
0.895
3/8
3000-303
242
78
1.235
3/8
3001-303S
207
78
1.210
1/2
3000-304
250
78
1.290
1/2
3001-304S
209
78
1.250
5/8
3000-305
258
78
1.345
5/8
3001-305S
220
78
1.270
3/4
3000-306
264
78
1.370
3/4
3001-306S
209
78
1.290
3/8
3000-413
249
92
1.865
7/8
3001-307S
215
78
1.310
1/2
3000-414
257
92
1.885
3/8
3001-413S
214
92
1.805
5/8
3000-415
265
92
1.935
1/2
3001-414S
216
92
1.815
3/4
3000-416
271
92
1.965
5/8
3001-415S
214
92
1.825
3/4
3001-416S
216
92
1.835
7/8
3001-417S
222
92
1.870
Weight kg refers to packaged weight of drier.
8
Dimensions (mm)
Flare
Part No.
A
Weight
(kg)
Conn. Size
(Inch)
Conn. Size
(Inch)
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
BI-FLOW FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
Heldon Bi-Flow Filter Driers offer the highest levels of protection
for heat pump air-conditioning systems. They are designed
to remove moisture, acids and solid particles that can lead to
premature component failure and harmful chemical reactions
regardless of whether the air-conditioning demand is for heating
or cooling.
The Heldon Bi-Flow Filter Driers employ a new and improved
valve plate assembly that ensures all particles remain trapped
once they are caught by the filter regardless of the refrigerant
flow direction. The new valve plate design directs the refrigerant
flow through the desiccant core from the outside, inwards at all
times. This provides maximum Drying and Micron Filtration for the
refrigerant whilst maintaining acceptable refrigerant flow rates
through the filter drier.
3040 Series - Flar
Flare
3040 Standard Series (Beige) have a solid core consisting of 100%
Molecular Sieve. Designed to handle all conditions, these Filter
Driers offer quick water absorption and are ideally suited to HFC
refrigerants, with POE or PAG oils.
3040 Series - Solder
3027 Burnout Series (Yellow) have a solid core consisting of 48%
Molecular Sieve, 47% Activated Alumina and 5% Activated Carbon.
They offer quick moisture and acid absorption and are ideally suited
when a small motor burnout occurs and space does not permit a
full size burnout drier.
3027 Series
Features
Benefits
1. Solid drier core construction with an optimised binding agent.
1. Larger & faster moisture uptake per cubic capacity of
dessicant.
2. Maximum filtration without any nuisance breakdowns.
2. Pre and post core filters provide double the filtration and
less chance of a total core blockage.
3. 3040 Standard Series – 100% Molecular Sieve.
4. 3027 Burnout Series – 48% Molecular Sieve, 47% Activated
Alumina and 5% Activate Carbon.
5. Solid copper sweat or zinc plated flare connections.
6. Powder Coated shell rated at 4,200 kPa/600 psi (R410A
compatible).
7. Val ve plate employs compressor valve plate material for long
3. Ideal for POE oil systems, delivering the quickest moisture
removal and the reduced risk of hydrolysis. Importantly, will
not strip manufacturers oil additives.
4. Clean up after small burnout when space restrictions apply.
5. Easier to use and longer life.
6. Suitable for harsh environments and for high pressure
applications.
7. Will provide years of trouble free, system protection.
life.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971, UL207
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
9
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
3040 Series - Flare
3040 Series - Solder
Standard Series - Flare and Solder
Drying Capacity
(kg refrigerant)
Capacity (kW)
Dimensions (mm)
C
Flare
Weight
(kg)
Solder
Weight
(kg)
116
65
0.515
0.480
155
120
65
0.550
0.485
163
122
65
0.580
0.495
16.3
169
134
78
0.790
0.805
15.5
16.3
177
136
78
0.825
0.820
15.5
16.3
185
134
78
0.895
0.895
Connection
(Inch)
Flare
Part No.
Solder
Part No.
R22
R407C
R410A
R134a
R22
R407C
R410A
R134a
A
B
1/4
3040-082
3040-082S
4.1
3.7
11.5
11.5
12.5
145
3/8
3040-083
3040-083S
8.0
7.4
11.5
11.5
12.5
1/2
3040-084
3040-084S
8.9
8.0
11.5
11.5
12.5
3/8
3040-163
3040-163S
18.9
17.0
15.5
15.5
1/2
3040-164
3040-165S
30.0
27.0
15.5
5/8
3040-165
3040-165S
38.5
34.6
15.5
3027 Series
Burnout Series - Flare
Capacity (kW)
Connection
(Inch)
10
Part No.
Drying Capacity (kg refrigerant*)
R22
R407C
R410A
R134a
R22
R407C
R410A
R134a
Acid
Capacity
(g)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
Weight
(kg)
1/4
3027-082
4.2
3.8
7.0
6.3
7.4
3.9
145
65
0.515
3/8
3027-083
8.3
7.5
7.0
6.3
7.4
3.9
155
65
0.550
1/2
3027-084
9.1
8.2
7.0
6.3
7.4
3.9
163
65
0.580
3/8
3027-163
19.0
17.5
13.0
11.8
14.0
8.8
169
78
0.790
1/2
3027-164
30.0
27.0
13.0
11.8
14.0
8.8
177
78
0.825
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
SUCTION/BURNOUT FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
Heldon Burnout Filter Driers offer a high level of contaminant
removal from refrigeration and air-conditioning systems following
a compressor motor burnout. Designed to remove moisture, acids
and solid particles that can lead to the premature failure of the
replacement compressor.
Employing a solid core design, Heldon Burnout Filter Driers deliver
minimal pressure drop via total core utilisation. This results in
quicker uptake of inorganic acids and other contaminants. The
solid core itself is formed through a binding process that maximizes
surface area and protects the core from acid decomposition.
3021 Series
Available in both standard and short lay-in lengths these models
feature inlet and outlet access Schrader ports for the monitoring of
pressure drop. For smaller suction pressure drop critical systems,
the 3026 series is supplied with a replacement jumper tube.
Note that it is good practice to remove suction burnout driers
after performing a successful acid test, in order to prevent loss
of system performance and the risk of catalytic hydrolysis in POE
oil systems.
3022 Series
3025 Series
3026 Series
Features
Benefits
1. Solid core construction with optimized binding agents
60% Molecular Sieve, 35% Activated Alumina and 5% Activated
Carbon.
2. Stainless steel mesh and a post core filter provide double
the filtration and less chance of a total core blockage.
3. Inlet and Outlet access ports.
4. Short lay in length and multi-orientation design.
5. Solid copper sweat or zinc plated flare connections.
6. Powder coated shell rated to 4,200 kPa /610 psi (R410A
compatible).
1. Larger and faster moisture and contaminant uptake per cubic inch.
2. Double the filtration and less chance of a total core blockage.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The ability to monitor pressure drop across the filter drier.
Easy of installation in tight positions.
Easier to use and longer life.
Suitable for harsh environments and most suction line
applications.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
11
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Burnout 3021 Series - Flare
Burnout 3022 Series - Solder
Burnout Filter Drier
Dimensions (mm)
Capacity kW
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Weight
(kg)
R22
R407C
R134a
R404A
Solder
Part No.
Length
(Lay-In)
A
B
-
-
4.0
3.0
3.0
3022-033S
85
46
0.34
65.5
0.57
6.0
3.5
4.0
3022-082S
120
65
0.57
Connection
(Inch)
Flare
Part No.
Length
(Lay-In)
A
B
3/8
-
-
1/4
3021-082
146
3/8
3021-083
156
65.5
0.60
6.0
3.5
4.5
3022-083S
120
65
0.60
1/2
3021-084
163
65.5
0.64
10.0
5.5
8.0
3022-084S
122
65
0.64
1/4
3021-162
160
78
0.80
10.5
5.0
7.5
3022-162S
130
78
0.80
78
0.86
78
0.88
3/8
3021-163
170
78
0.86
13.0
5.5
8.0
3022-163S
134
1/2
3021-164
177
78
0.88
15.0
6.0
8.5
3022-164S
134
5/8
3021-165
186
78
0.96
20.0
9.5
13.0
3022-165S
134
78
0.96
1/2
3021-304
250
78
1.40
17.0
10.0
15.0
3022-304S
209
78
1.40
5/8
3021-305
259
78
1.46
18.0
12.5
15.0
3022-305S
220
78
1.46
3/4
3021-306
265
78
1.44
22.0
14 0
19.0
3022-306S
209
78
1.44
7/8
-
-
-
-
26.0
16.0
22.0
3022-307S
215
78
1.50
1 1/8
-
-
-
-
31.0
20.0
27.0
3022-309S
215
78
1.55
1 3/8
-
-
-
-
31.0
20.0
27.0
3022-311S
225
78
1.55
1/2
3021-414
257
92
1.94
25.0
14.5
23.0
3022-414S
216
92
1.94
1/2
3021-415
266
92
1.96
26.5
16.0
24.5
3022-415S
214
92
1.96
3/4
3021-416
272
92
2.00
29.5
17.5
25.0
3022-416S
216
92
2.00
7/8
-
-
-
-
30.0
18
25.0
3022-417S
222
92
2.20
•
•
•
•
Designed for use after motor burnout or mechanical failure; for clean up of the most contaminated systems.
Activated Alumina and Carbon removes acids and waxes.
Stainless steel mesh and a post core non-woven fine Polyester Filter provide additional filtering for the best in system protection.
Suitable for use in either the liquid or suction lines. Best practice is to install Burnout Filter Driers in the suction line to
protect the replacement compressor.
• With POE and PAG oils, burnout driers should be removed as soon as all contaminants are absorbed from the system. This will
reduce the risk of catalytic hydrolysis and the formation of new acids.
• Safe Working Pressure 4,200 kPa (610 psi).
• Fitted with dual access ports to measure pressure drop.
12
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Jumper Tube
3026 Series
Burnout Filter Drier with Jumper Tube
Dimensions (mm)
•
•
•
•
•
Capacity kW
Length
(Lay-In)
A
Dia.
B
R22
R407C
R134a
R404A
Weight
(kg)
3026-06
171
46.5
7.0
4.5
5.0
0.57
3026-08
179
46.5
7.0
4.5
5.0
0.65
Connection
(Inch)
Part No.
3/8
1/2
Heldon's 3026 series of Burnout Filter Driers/Jumper Tubes are specially designed for use in systems where pressure drop is critical.
Core composition is a combination of Molecular Sieve, Activated Alumina and Activated Carbon.
The matched copper jumper tube replaces the Burnout Filter Drier when removed from the suction line once the system has
been cleaned of contaminants.
It is good practice tp remove the Burnout Filter Drier once clean up is complete, for all system types.
Safe Working Pressure 3,200 kPa.
3025 Series - Solder
• Designed for a compact fit in the suction line.
• Core composition is a combination of Molecular Sieve,
Activated Alumina and Activated Carbon.
• Features dual access ports.
• Safe Working Pressure 2,500 kPa (350 psi).
Pancake Burnout Filter Drier
Dimensions (mm)
Connection
(Inch)
Part No.
Length
(Lay-In)
A
Capacity kW
Dia.
B
R22
R407C
R134a
R404A
Weight
(kg)
3/8
3025-403S
104
91
17.0ww
14.0
15.0
0.90
1/2
3025-404S
106
91
17.0
14.0
15.0
0.65
5/8
3025-405S
117
91
23.0
17.5
19.5
0.65
3/4
3025-406S
106
91
23.0
17.5
19.5
0.65
7/8
3025-407S
112
91
25.0
19.0
21.0
0.70
1 1/8
3025-409S
112
91
27.0
21.0
23.0
0.70
www.heldon.com.au
13
Heldon
REPLACEABLE FILTER CORE DRIER SHELLS
Introduction
Our range of Replaceable Core Filter Drier Shells are designed
to be used in both the liquid and suction lines of refrigeration and
air-conditioning systems using fluorinated refrigerants and CO2.
Shells rated for Ammonia with steel connectors are available
upon request.
The Replaceable Core Filter Drier Shells are made from a steel
tube shell with solid copper connectors. The shells have a
corrosion resistant powder coat finish, complete with aluminium,
zinc plated steel or stainless steel end plate. The range covers
connection sizes from 7/8” to 2-1/8”. Larger sizes for suction line
duty can be made to order.
The Replaceable Filter Core Drier Shell comes with a unique filter
cup that cleans the internal wall as you remove the assembly
during service. The standard end plate is plated steel.
3017 Series
Features
Benefits
1. Maximum Working Pressure = 42 bar.
1. Increased operating life in low temperature application due
to corrosion protection.
2. Ideal for HP refrigerants including CO2.
2. Designed for use in both the liquid and suction lines of
refrigerated systems employing fluorinated refrigerants
and CO2.
3. Solid copper connections (7/8” through to 2-1/8”).
4. Single core through to 4 core models available.
5. Accepts a range of 48 cu. in desiccant filter cores to
specifically target the removal of system contaminants.
6. Designed for the long term usage with Pleated Suction
Filter Elements. Perfect for supermarket installations.
7. Incorporates a 100 mesh stainless steel strainer in the
internal assembly.
8. The internal assembly end plate provides a unique filter cup
that cleans the internal wall of the shell during its removal
for service.
9. Standardised to replace other manufacturers units and cores.
10. Powder Coated Shell.
11. Capacities from 10 kW through to 509 kW available.
12. End plate options are aluminium, zinc plated steel or
3. Flexibility of application.
4. Full flow connections provide easy brazing for the installer.
5. Large range of both Refrigeration and Drying capacities
available.
6. Heldon provides a total filtration management system via
its comprehensive range of Replaceable Cores & Filters.
7. Suction filter elements capture foreign particles returning
to the compressor before they can destroy motor winding
insulation and cause burnout.
8. Provides secondary particulate filtration & retention.
9. Creates the cleanest possible environment in which the
Filter Drier Cores can operate.
10. Drop in replacement for other common makes and will
accept most cores.
11. Suitable for the harshest environments.
12. Large range available to suit most applications.
stainless steel.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured to AS2971, UL207 + CE
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
14
Note larger connection sizes are available on
request, please consult with Heldon sales for further
information.
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Capacities
Suction Line Refrigeration Capacity (kW)
Evaporating Temperature te °C
Liquid Line Capacity (kW)
Conn.
Size
(Inch)
Part No.
7/8
3017-1401
1
7/8
3017-1402
2
7/8
3017-1403
3
-20°C
-20°C
4.4°C
4.4°C
R134a
R507
R404A
R22
R407C
R410A
132.7
9.6
12.5
36.7
36.7
122.8
9.6
12.5
37.0
37.0
122.8
10.9
14.1
41.6
41.6
Cores
R134a
R404A
R507
R22
R407C
124.2
89.7
86.9
128.6
116.0
83.1
80.5
119.5
116.0
83.1
80.5
119.5
R410A
7/8
3017-1404
4
116.0
83.1
80.5
119.5
122.8
13.0
16.9
49.9
49.9
1 1/8
3017-1801
1
178.8
128.6
124.5
184.7
190.0
12.9
16.7
49.2
49.2
1 1/8
3017-1802
2
178.1
128.2
124.0
183.9
189.1
14.1
18.5
54.8
54.8
1 1/8
3017-1803
3
173.3
124.7
120.8
179.1
184.2
14.1
18.2
53.8
53.8
1 1/8
3017-1804
4
173.3
124.7
120.8
179.1
184.2
16.9
21.9
64.8
64.8
1 3/8
3017-2201
1
236.8
171.5
166.1
245.6
253.5
16.0
20.7
60.1
60.1
1 3/8
3017-2202
2
241.5
174.1
168.7
249.8
257.3
19.0
24.9
73.7
73.7
1 3/8
3017-2203
3
253.4
183.1
177.4
262.4
270.5
21.4
28.6
85.7
85.7
1 3/8
3017-2204
4
263.9
192.6
186.6
275.1
284.9
23.2
30.6
90.5
90.5
1 5/8
3017-2601
1
273.7
199.8
193.6
285.4
295.7
15.1
19.6
57.0
57.0
1 5/8
3017-2602
2
298.7
216.7
210.0
310.2
320.5
21.9
28.8
85.7
85.7
1 5/8
3017-2603
3
299.3
217.2
210.4
310.8
321.1
20.2
27.0
81.1
81.1
1 5/8
3017-2604
4
309.4
225.1
218.1
321.8
332.8
26.7
35.3
105.0
105.0
2 1/8
3017-3401
1
399.6
298.2
289.2
422.6
442.2
15.5
20.1
58.2
58.2
2 1/8
3017-3402
2
419.9
307.2
297.7
438.4
454.6
21.4
28.2
83.8
83.8
2 1/8
3017-3403
3
367.1
268.1
259.8
382.9
396.7
19.1
25.5
76.5
76.5
2 1/8
3017-3404
4
429.8
311.1
301.4
445.7
459.9
26.4
34.9
103.8
103.8
Liquid Line Capacity (kW) is based upon:
Evaporating temperature of te = -15.0oC
Condensing temperature of tc = +30.0oC
Pressure Drop = 7 kPa
Cover Plate & Gasket
Spring
Retaining Plate & Nut
Suction line capacity (kW) is based upon:
Evaporating temperature of te = 4.4oC
Condensing temperature of tc = +32.2oC
Inner Rod Assembly
Spacer Plate
For other sizes and special pressures please contact
Heldon.
Inner Rod Assembly
New Filter Cup
(with sealing assembly)
www.heldon.com.au
15
Heldon
Dimensions
3017 Series
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Core
Conn. Size A
(Inch)
B
C
Weight
(kg)
3017-1401
1 Core Shell
7/8
142
269
4.6
3017-1402
2 Core Shell
7/8
282
409
6.0
3017-1403
3 Core Shell
7/8
426
553
7.4
3017-1404
4 Core Shell
7/8
569
696
8.7
3017-1801
1 Core Shell
1 1/8
140
269
4.6
3017-1802
2 Core Shell
1 1/8
280
409
6.0
3017-1803
3 Core Shell
1 1/8
424
553
7.4
3017-1804
4 Core Shell
1 1/8
567
696
8.7
3017-2201
1 Core Shell
1 3/8
140
269
4.6
3017-2202
2 Core Shell
1 3/8
280
409
6.0
3017-2203
3 Core Shell
1 3/8
424
553
7.4
3017-2204
4 Core Shell
1 3/8
567
696
8.7
3017-2601
1 Core Shell
1 5/8
140
269
4.6
3017-2602
2 Core Shell
1 5/8
280
409
6.0
3017-2603
3 Core Shell
1 5/8
424
553
7.4
3017-2604
4 Core Shell
1 5/8
567
696
8.7
3017-3401
1 Core Shell
2 1/8
140
269
4.6
3017-3402
2 Core Shell
2 1/8
280
409
6.0
3017-3403
3 Core Shell
2 1/8
424
553
7.4
3017-3404
4 Core Shell
2 1/8
567
696
8.7
Accessories
Part No.
Description
720-3017-01
ONE CORE - INTERNAL ASSEMBLIES incl gasket and spring
720-3017-02
TWO CORE - INTERNAL incl gasket and spring
720-3017-03
THREE CORE- INTERNAL incl gasket and spring
720-3017-04
FOUR CORE - INTERNAL incl gasket and spring
3010-ALUM-ASSY
ALUMINUM END PLATE C/W 1/4" NPT PLUG and 8 bolts to suit
3053-1C
GASKET SET - Suit demountable end plate & internal core seating
3060-76C
DRIER BRACKET - Demountable Shell
725-3017-1
Steel End Plate
3053 Series
16
720 Series
www.heldon.com.au
3010-ALUM - ASSY
3060 Series
Heldon
DRIER CORES
Introduction
Heldon offer a complete range of 48 cu. in Drier Cores to suit many
brands of Replaceable Core Drier Shells. Heldon Drier Cores
remove system contaminates and maximise the refrigeration
systems performance.
Together with the Suction Filter Element, Heldon delivers a total
filtration management system for its customers.
Ultra-Dry®: 100% Molecular Sieve.
Employing a 3A Molecular Sieve to trap and remove water
molecules, these cores deliver maximum moisture removal.
Suitable for traditional and modern refrigerants using mineral or
synthetic oils. This includes R717 and the HP refrigerants R410A
and CO2. Use these cores to safely remove moisture before acids
can be formed.
Standard: 80% Molecular Sieve & 20% Activated Alumina.
A blend of Molecular Sieve and Activated Alumina for high
performance moisture and contaminant removal. The Activated
Alumina chemically attracts acids that may be present in the
system. Thorough low micron filtration effectively captures
particles before they can do damage.
Suction Core - 100% Molecular Sieve.
Targets moisture and particulate removal from the suction line
before it can reach the compressor. Ideal for commissioning
purposes, its unique design delivers low pressure drop with high
flow rates. Uniform porosity throughout the entire filter drier core
guarantees particulate filtration & retention.
Suction Filter Element - Fluted Filter Type.
Foreign particles destroy compressor motor winding insulation
and cause burnouts. Employing a fluted design for maximum filter
surface area, particulates down to 10 Microns (Filter Beta Rating
= 10: in accordance with ISO 4548-12) are safely removed from
the system. The Suction Filter delivers maximum compressor
protection with the lowest possible pressure drop. By installing a
Heldon Suction Filter Element you are providing the compressor
with the particulate protection it needs to prevent breakdowns
caused by a contaminated system.
3050-1
3052-2
Burn-out: 48% Activated Alumina, 45% Molecular Sieves & 5%
Activated Carbon.
For clean up after burn-outs and for highly contaminated systems
with moisture, acid, sludge and particulate issues. The Activated
Carbon cleans the system of deposits that contribute to the
breakdown of refrigerant and oils, actively prevents contaminants
from causing premature failure of the replacement compressor.
3049-1
3051-1
Part No.
Description
Suitability
Interchangeable with
Material
3050-1
ULTRA-DRY® CORE
High Moisture Absorption
Ideal for POE Oil
Z-48, VS-48XH, RCW-48 & UK-48
100% MS
3049-1
STANDARD CORE
Moisture & Acid Absorption
Not recommended for POE Oil
PCK-48, 48DN, VS48H, RC-4864
& D48
80%/20% MS/AL
3051-1
BURN-OUT CORE
Complete clean-up
Not recommended for long
term use particulary with POE
Oil. Replace after use.
PCK-48HH, 48DA, RC-4864HH,W-48 & VS-48SC
48%/AC/47% MS/5%/AL
3050-32
SUCTION LINE CORE
Low pressure drop, high flow rate
Ideal for POE Oil
RPE48BD
100% MS
3050-100
HIGH CAPACITY CORE
Suit 150mm Shells
Ideal for POE Oil
H-100, VS-100H, PCK-100
100% MS
3052-2
FILTER ELEMENT
Low Pressure Drop
RPE48BD, F48R, VS48F, PFE-48BF,
48-F
Filter Element
www.heldon.com.au
17
Heldon
Capacity Tables
Liquid Line
Drying Capacity (grams/kg of refrigerant), Water drops = grams x 20
Evaporating Temperature te oC
Heldon
Part No.
Cores
24°C
52°C
24°C
52°C
24°C
52°C
3050-1
1
83.5
79.5
123.0
76.0
84.0
72.0
3049-1
1
73.0
69.5
117.0
63.0
71.5
61.0
R134a
R507
R407C
R410A
R404A
Dring capacity is based on the following moisture contents before and after drying:
R134a: From 1050 ppm W to 75 ppm W. If the refrigerant is to be dried to 50 ppm W,
reduce the stated capacities by 15%.
R404A, R407C, R507: From 1020 ppm W to 30 ppm W.
R410A: From 1050 ppm W to 60 ppm W.
Capacities calculated in accordance with ARI 710-86.
Suction Line
Drying Capacity (grams/kg of refrigerant), Water drops = grams x 20
Evaporating Temperature te oC
Heldon
Part No.
Cores
3051-1
1
R134a
R507
R404A
-30°C
-20°C
4.4°C
-40°C
-20°C
4.4°C
-40°C
-20°C
4.4°C
-40°C
-20°C
4.4°C
46.0
39.0
27.0
47.0
31.0
19.0
29.0
20.0
13.0
43.0.0
35.0
35.0
Drying Capacity is expressed as follows:
EDP = 10 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -50 °C
R22:
R134a EDP = 50 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -37 °C
R404A EDP = 10 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -40 °C
R407C EDP = 10 ppm W, corresponding to a dew point temperature of -40 °C
EDP = Equilibrium Dryness Point.
18
R407C
R410A
R22
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
STRAINERS
Introduction
Heldon offers both the "Y" Type and In-line Strainer that allows for cleaning
of the strainer element without the need to replace the whole strainer. These
are suitable for refrigerants and liquids offering protection to compressors,
pumps, meters, valves and similar mechanical equipment.
Installation of a strainer before any mechanical equipment will ensure
trouble free service and avoid the costly shutdowns, repairs or replacement
often caused by the introduction of foreign particles into the system.
91 Series
The “Y” Type;
The 80 mesh filter can be removed and cleaned with solvent and
compressed air. Y strainers can be installed in the horizontal or vertical
position as long as the filter mesh is accessible. The Strainer can be
removed for cleaning without the need to cut from the system.
In-line;
Heldon manufacture brass in-line strainers for capillary systems and
feature an accessible, cleanable 100 mesh strainer.
90 Series
Dimensions
91 Series
Part No.
Connection
A
(ID)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
Mesh Size
91-18
1 1/8 ID
28.6
297
196
63.5
80
91-22
1 3/8 ID
35.0
298
196
63.5
80
91-26
1 5/8 ID
41.3
288
196
63.5
80
91-STRAINER
Filter Elements to suit Y-Strainer
90 Series
Part No.
Connection
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
Mesh Size
90-0496
1/4 MSAE
111
140
100
90-0680
3/8 MSAE
126
164
100
90-0896
1/2 MSAE
155
200
100
90-1096
5/8 MSAE
150
195
100
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971 & AS 1677
Safe Working Pressure: 3,200 kPa (steel) & 4,200 kPa (brass)
91 Series
www.heldon.com.au
19
Heldon
PACKLESS LINE VALVES
Introduction
Heldon packless line valves (Diaphragm Valves) are used to
isolate an individual line, component or part of a refrigeration or
air conditioning system. They are engineered to offer both long
life and precise sealing, making them the ideal choice as a long
term positive isolation valve.
Heldon packless line valves feature a forged brass body with
maximised port sizes for greater flow and lower pressure drop.
Stainless steel diaphragms separate the stem from the seat
ensuring the valve’s longevity and preventing leakage during the
life of the valve. The valve seat is made from a polyamide nylon
ensuring a complete shut off with minimal pressure applied.
Heavy Duty
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in
two distinct designs. Blue line for medium duty, and Heldon for
applications that require high usage and greater flow rate as well
as being fully serviceable. Service kits are available as a standard
part for the Heldon valves.
Heldon also manufacture a three way version of the heavy duty
valve where the branch has the ability to be isolated from the line
without interrupting the line flow.
Standard Blue Line
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Solid copper extended connectors.
Three stainless steel diaphragms.
Integral mounting bracket.
Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible).
Polyamide nylon valve spindle seat.
Available in two versions, Standard (Brass and Plastic
handles) and Heavy duty (Brass handle only).
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Easier installation without the need for flux.
Accurate sealing and extended life.
Easy installation.
Compatible with all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
Complete shut off with minimal torque.
Cost effective options.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
Dimensions and Capacities
Heldon
20
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Heldon Packless Line Valves - Male SAE
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
2100-0404
75
78
51
0.26
0.47
2100-0606
76
79
51
0.90
0.48
1/2
2100-0808
90
98
54
1.98
0.70
5/8
2100-1010
90
97
54
2.80
0.70
3/4
2100-1212
119
121
64
4.75
1.195
Conn. Size
Part No.
1/4
3/8
2100 Series
Heldon Packless Line Valves - Solder/Extension
Dimensions (mm)
B
C
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
75
112
51
0.26
0.479
75
132
51
0.90
0.479
2111-0808
89
180
54
1.98
0.737
2111-1010
89
171
54
2.80
0.742
3/4
2111-1212
92
199
54
4.75
0.770
7/8
2111-1414
107
285
64
5.00
1.360
Conn. Size
Part No.
1/4
2111-0404
3/8
2111-0606
1/2
5/8
A
2111 Series
Heldon Three-Way Packless Line valve - Male SAE
Conn. Size
Part No.
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
1/4
2120-040404
89
88
41
0.26
0.540
3/8
2120-060606
89
88
40
0.90
0.650
1/2
2120-080808
89
104
41
1.98
0.970
5/8
2120-101010
86
104
40
2.80
1.020
2120 Series
Blue Line Packless Line Valves “B Series” (Plastic Handle) - Male SAE
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
2100B-0404
60
58
37
0.25
0.225
2100B-0606
68
70
41
0.80
0.285
1/2
2100B-0808
68
72
41
1.50
0.298
5/8
2100B-1010
68
78
41
2.20
0.324
3/4
2100B-1212
80
97
50
2.90
0.398
Conn. Size
Part No.
1/4
3/8
2100B Series
Blue Line Packless Line Valve - Solder/Extension
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
2111B-0404
60
120
35
0.25
0.497
3/8
2111B-0606
68
130
38
0.80
0.471
1/2
2111B-0808
68
140
38
1.50
0.737
5/8
2111B-1010
68
158
38
2.20
0.737
3/4
2111B-1212
80
178
50
2.90
0.737
Conn. Size
Part No.
1/4
2111B Series
www.heldon.com.au
21
Heldon
PACKED CAPPED VALVES
Introduction
Heldon packed capped valves are used to isolate individual
components or part of a refrigeration or air-conditioning system.
They are designed to streamline flow leading to an extremely low
pressure drop across the valve. The body design incorporates
large volume areas leading on to and off the seat to enable the
refrigerant velocity to reduce while changing in direction. This
design feature minimises turbulence, reduces pressure drop
and makes Heldon's packed capped line valves ideal in modern,
efficient refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in two
designs, Straight or Right Angle, for applications that require
high usage, high flow rate and to be fully serviceability.
2090 Series
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Strong high tensile brass body.
Precision stainless steel stem.
Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible).
Polyamide nylon seat disc.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Stable platform when mounted in a system.
Accurate sealing and extended life.
Compatible with all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
Complete shut off with minimal torque. Cost effective options.
Packed Capped Valves - Angle (2090 Series)
The bodies are cast high tensile brass and have a
unique spindle/valve seat mechanism that is easily
removed and fully serviceable. The stainless steel
spindle is sealed with gland rubber and the seat disc
is made from a polyamide nylon ensuring a complete
shut off with minimal pressure applied.
2090 Series
Dimensions and Capacities
Conn. Size I.D.
(Inch)
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
7/8
2090-1414
160
47
47
12.78
1.30
1-1/8
2090-1818
160
51
51
13.67
1.30
1-3/8
2090-2222
195
55
55
25.98
2.350
1-5/8
2090-2626
195
60
60
31.50
2.350
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
22
Kv
(m3/Hr)
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Packed Capped Valves – Straight (203 Series)
203 Series
Dimensions and Capacities
Dimensions (mm)
Conn. Size I.D.
(Inch)
Henry
Part No.
A
B
C
D
Kv
(m3/Hr)
MWP
(barg)
Weight
(kg)
7/8
2030-AA
143
108
25
19
4.58
31.0
1.36
1-1/8
2030-BA
149
124
29
24
6.40
31.0
2.13
1-3/8
2031
222
137
32
25
9.34
31.0
3.34
1-5/8
2032
252
165
38
29
11.50
31.0
4.73
2-1/8
2033
270
216
51
38
19.03
31.0
7.59
2-5/8
2034
303
279
58
43
31.40
31.0
12.78
3-1/8
2035
337
305
67
44
44.98
31.0
20.00
203 Series
Features
Benefits
1. Valve Body & Bonnet made from bronze and brass
respectively.
2. Stainless steel stem.
3. PTFE seat seal material.
4. Graphite compound packing gland.
5. Safe Working Pressure of 3,100 kPa.
1. Quality and long life.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Precision operation.
Excellent sealing characteristics.
Leak proof.
Compatible with modern refrigerants (excluding R410A).
Installation
Packed Capped Valves must be protected from heat damage
during installation. Full instructions are given in the product
instruction sheet which is included with each valve.
Cross Reference Table:
Heldon 2094 Series vs Henry Part Numbers
Heldon Part No.
Henry Part No.
2094-1414
2030-AA
2094-1818
2030-BA
2094-2222
2031
2094-2626
2032
2094-3434
2033
2094-4242
2034
www.heldon.com.au
23
Heldon
CAPPED LINE VALVES
Introduction
2220 Series
Heldon Capped Line Valves are designed and manufactured for a
multitude of uses in refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.
These forged brass valves provide easy accessibility, serviceability
and isolation. Most of this range has been manufactured by Heldon
for over 50 years and have a reputation second to none in pressure
critical environments.
The valves use a forged brass body with polished stainless steel
spindle. The gland sealing utilises the double O-Ring seal on
selected models or Teflon gland rings as standard. The double
O-Ring style is fully serviceable.
2201 Series
2227 Series
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants they are available in a
number of configurations to suit most applications including
right angle, (offset) straight through, with or without mounting
foot and back seating.
2225 Series
2235 Series
2252 Series
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Strong forged brass or solid brass body.
Precision ground and polished stainless steel stem.
Integral foot mount mounting bracket.
Available in a multitude of configurations.
Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible).
Stainless steel stem on swivel models.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Stable platform when mounted in a system.
Accurate sealing and extended life.
Easy intallation.
Suit most applications.
Compatible with all fluroinated refrigerants and oils.
Stronger and less susceptible to fatique failure.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
24
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions
(Angle) Male SAE Side to Male BSP Bottom
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
86
30
30
0.17
86
30
30
0.17
104
35
34
0.30
30
30
0.18
86
30
30
0.18
104
35
37
0.31
104
35
35
0.30
1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP
104
35
35
0.31
2201-1008
5/8 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP
104
35
35
0.31
2201-1012
5/8 MSAE x 3/4 MBSP
122
43
39
0.41
2201-1208
3/4 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP
122
43
39
0.42
Part No.
Description
2201-0404
1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MBSP
2201-0406
1/4 MSAE x 3/8 MBSP
2201-0408
1/4 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP
2201-0604
3/8 MSAE x 1/4 MBSP
86
2201-0606
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MBSP
2201-0608
3/8 MSAE x 1/2 MBSP
2201-0806
1/2 MSAE x 3/8 MBSP
2201-0808
2201 Series
2202 Series
Male SAE Side to Male Taper NPT Bottom
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
1/4 MSAE x 3/8 MNPT
80
28
27
0.13
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MNPT
80
28
29
0.18
Part No.
Description
2202-0406
2202-0606
2210 Series
Male Taper BSP Side to Male SAE Bottom
Part No.
Description
2210-0808
1/2 MBSP x 1/2 MSAE
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
104
35
35
0.31
2220 Series
In-line Foot Mount - Male SAE Flare
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
1/4 MSAE
80
25
16
0.20
3/8 MSAE
100
35
17
0.37
2220-0808
1/2 MSAE
102
35
19
0.38
2220-1010
5/8 MSAE
116
40
20
0.50
Part No.
Description
2220-0404
2220-0606
2227 Series
Male SAE Flare to Female Solder
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
1/4 ID (lwr port) x 1/4 MSAE
80
25
16
0.19
3/8 ID (lwr port) x 3/8 MSAE
100
34
16
0.37
Part No.
Description
2227-0404A1
2227-0606A1
www.heldon.com.au
25
Heldon
Dimensions
2230 Series
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Part No.
Description
2230-0404
1/4 ID
80
25
18
0.19
2230-0606
3/8 ID
101
34
18
0.34
2230-0808
1/2 ID
100
34
18
0.33
2230-1010
5/8 ID
116
42
22
0.44
2230-1212
3/4 ID
116
42
22
0.46
A
B
C
2225 Series
In Line Foot Mount with Access (Front and Back seats) - Male SAE Flare
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
Weight
(kg)
3/8 MSAE
110
44
18
55
0.29
1/2 MSAE
114
44
18
54
0.30
5/8 MSAE
114
44
18
54
0.31
Part No.
Description
2225-0606
2225-0808
2225-1010
2235 Series
Female Solder - Foot Mount
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Description
A
B
C
D
Weight
(kg)
2235-0606
3/8 ID
110
44
18
55
0.29
2235-0808C
1/2 ID
114
44
18
54
0.30
2235-1010C
5/8 ID
114
44
18
54
0.31
2254 Series
Female Solder - Threaded Base
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
Weight
(kg)
1/4 ID x 1/4 MSAE - Hex
Base Mount c/w Access
110
41
22
52
0.20
3/8 ID x 3/8 MSAE - Hex
Base Mount c/w Access
110
41
22
52
0.22
Part No.
Description
2254-0404
2254-0606
Service Valve Kit
Part No.
Parts To Suit
Weight
(kg)
2201-04-KIT
22XX-0404 / 0406 / 0604 / 0606
0.07
2201-06-KIT
22XX-0408 / 0608 / 0808 / 1008
0.11
2201-10-KIT
22XX-1012 / 1212
0.13
2201 KIT Series
26
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
SERVICE VALVES
Introduction
Service valves are used in refrigeration and air-conditioning
systems to allow manufacturers to seal a pre-charge inside
prefabricated units for shipping. They also aid in the safe servicing
of installed units.
Heldon Service Valves offer optimum flow characteristic and
positive shut off for both front and backseat. The Heldon range
are specially engineered to maximise the body chamber and
optimise flow while minimising intrusion of the seat and stem
mechanism in the back seat position, there by reducing pressure
drop.
The brass bodies are forged or machined with copper extensions
and all valves feature an isolatable access port. Available in a
straight through offset square body version that has a tapped
base for mounting and a right angle flange mount. These valves
can be made to order in special configurations based on quantity.
Heldon's range of cast iron service/compressor valves offer
complete isolation and high flow rates.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Strong forged brass or cast iron body
Integral mounting bracket
Available as made to order for OEM’s
Safe Working Pressure in excess of 4,200 kPa (R410A compatible)
Complete with flange, bolts and brass spigot and gasket
Negligible loss in system efficiency
Stable platform when mounted in a system
Easy installation as a flange or foot mount
Suit most applications
Compatible will all fluorinated refrigerants and Oils
Complete kit for easy installation
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
27
Heldon
Square Body Service Valve - Solder
A/C OEM Service Valve (copper ext) - Male to Access Valve
Part No.
Dimensions (mm)
Connection
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
2240-0404
1/4 MSAE x 1/4 SWEAT x SCHR
96
72
72
0.11
2240-0406
1/4 MSAE x 3/8 SWEAT x NO SCHR
96
72
72
0.14
2240-0606
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 SWEAT x SCHR
67
45
45
0.14
2240-0606-410A
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 SWEAT x SCHR-410A
67
39
39
0.13
2240-0606E
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 ID Angle x SCHR x Alu. Cap
75
30
50
0.15
2240-0808
1/2 MSAE x 1/2 SWEAT x SCHR
107
75
73
0.14
2240-1010
5/8 MSAE x 5/8 SWEAT x SCHR
110
77
77
0.27
2240-1010E
5/8 MSAE x 5/8 ID Angle x SCHR x Alu. Cap
92
41
65
0.27
2240-1212
3/4 MSAE x 3/4 SWEAT x SCHR
125
85
85
0.42
2240-1212E
5/8 MSAE x 5/8 ID Angle x SCHR x Alu. Cap
104
43
57
0.43
2240 Series
Brass Service Valve Caps with Copper Washer
Parts to Suit
Weight
(kg)
760-0404
1/4” Valve
0.07
760-0608
3/8” & 1/2” Valve
0.08
760-1012
5/8” & 3/4” Valve
0.09
Part No.
760 Series
Blue Plastic Service Valve Caps To Suit Full Flow Rotalock Valves
Description
Weight
(kg)
760-2605-20
Rotalock valve plastic cap 20 x 1.5 - small
0.01
760-2605-30
Rotalock valve plastic cap 22 x 1.5 - medium
0.01
760-2605-35
Rotalock valve plastic cap 24 x 2.0 - large
0.02
Part No.
760 Series
Cast Iron Service Valve - Four Bolt Flange Mount (c/w Flange)
Part No.
Connection
Weight
(kg)
2242-7026
1-5/8" Outlet complete with flange, bush, gasket & screws
3.64
2242-8034
2-1/8" Outlet complete with flange, bush, gasket & screws
6.87
2242-9042
2-5/8" Outlet complete with flange, bush, gasket & screws
8.30
Part No.
Parts To Suit
Weight
(kg)
700-002-005
Flange Gasket to suit 2242-7026 Cast Iron Comp. Valve 1-5/8 ID
0.01
700-022-005
Flange Gasket to suit 2242-8034 Cast Iron Comp. Valve 2-1/8 ID
Flange Gasket to suit 2242-9042 Cast Iron Comp. Valve 2-5/8 ID
0.01
2242 Series
Flange Gasket
28
www.heldon.com.au
700 Series
Heldon
BALL VALVES
Introduction
Ball valves are used in a wide variety of air conditioning
and refrigeration applications. They can be used for both
liquid and gas applications. Ball valves are commonly used
for isolating purposes. All ball valves are suitable for HCFC
and HFC refrigerants, along with their associated oils. The
SWP of these valves allows them to be used for R410A and
sub-critical CO2 applications.
Benefits
Features
1. May be installed in any position.
2. Can be mounted securely preventing undue stress on the
connecting pipe work.
3. Extended copper tails.
3. Allows for quick and easy installation.
4. Indicator on stem shows valve position – open or closed.
4. At a glance the valves position can be determined when cap is removed.
5. Fully opened or closed with a quarter turn of the valve stem. 5. Quick & simple operation gives the operator full control.
6. Positive stem stop ensures precise positioning in the open or 6. Ensures the valve is in the position it is meant to be in – open
closed position.
or closed.
7. Cannot blow out under pressure due to its design.
7. Blow-out proof stem design.
8. Double O-Ring stem seal provides a greater sealing surface.
8. Double stem seal.
9. Ball cavity vented to prevent over-pressure.
9. Provides equalisation of pressure surrounding ball to ensure
smooth easy action. Allows for liquid expansion.
10. Allow access to system pressure measurement.
10. Schrader valve options: 1/4” or 5/16” Schrader Valves
available.
11. Positioned on the main body there is less chance of damage
11. Integral Schrader access fitting on brass body.
to the valve during installation.
12. Full Flow means minimal pressure drop across the range of
12. Full flow port design on Valves 3/8” to 3-1/8”.
valves on offer.
13. A streamlined design that is fully rated to 48 bar.
13. Body is hermetically sealed.
14. Seal cap can be safely secured to valve body. The Neoprene
14. Hexagonal seal cap with eyelet included.
seal in the cap is the final defence in the Henry Triple Stem Seal
design.
15. The smaller Helium molecule enables detection of minute leaks
15. Helium tested to a maximum of 4.69 E-7 cm3/sec.
that may not be detected by other leak testing methods.
1. Bi-directional flow.
2. Mounting pad for easy installation.
Materials of Construction
Installation – Main Issues
The valve body, valve body adaptor, and seal cap are made from
brass. The stem is made from stainess steel. The pipe extensions
are made from copper. The ball seals are made from virgin PTFE,
stem O-rings and cap seal from neoprene. The
ball is made from electro-plated brass.
The valve body must be protected against excessive heat during
installation, to prevent damage to the seals. Full instructions are
given in the Product Instruction Sheet, included with each valve.
Technical Specification
Sealing Integrity Features
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40°C to +150°C
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,800 kPag (0 to 700 psig)
• Premium quality PTFE ball seals.
• Double O-ring stem seal design.
• Premium quality neoprene stem O-ring seals Neoprene cap
seal (on new line).
NEW HIGH PRESSURE RANGE AVAILABLE.
SAFE WORKING PRESSURE = 5,300 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
29
29
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacity
6&+5$'(5
937 Series
1/4" Schrader Access Port Fitted
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
A
B
C
Mounting Hole Size
Ball Port
Diameter
(Inch)
Kv
(m3/hr)**
Weight
(kg)
937203
3/8
165
54
8
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
3.7
0.33
937204
1/2
165
54
10
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
6.0
0.33
937205
5/8
165
54
13
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
12.0
0.33
937306
3/4
184
67
16
#8 -36 UNF
3/4
18.1
0.62
937307
7/8
184
67
19
#8 -36 UNF
3/4
26.1
0.64
937409
1-1/8
216
76
23
#10 - 32 UNF
1
52.9
0.95
937511
1-3/8
235
94
25
#10 - 32 UNF
1-1/4
73.5
1.52
937613
1-5/8
254
109
28
1/4 - 28 UNF
1-1/2
182.8
2.44
937617
2-1/8
289
132
34
1/4 - 28 UNF
2
245.7
4.58
5.04
937721*
2-5/8
327
132
37
1/4 - 28 UNF
2
205.2
937721FP
2-5/8
365
154
37
1/4 - 28 UNF
2-1/2
259.5
8.73
937825FP
3-1/8
420
178
43
5/16-24 UNF
3-1/8
362.1
18.20
* Reduced Port
** Kv rating @ 1 bar pressure drop across valve
30
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacity
907 Series
No Access Port Fitted
Dimensions (mm)
Ball Port
Diameter
(Inch)
Kv
(m3/hr)**
Weight
(kg)
C
Mounting
Hole Size
54
8
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
3.7
0.33
54
10
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
6.0
0.33
54
13
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
12.0
0.33
Part No.
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
A
B
907203
3/8
165
907204
1/2
165
907205
5/8
165
907306
3/4
184
67
16
#8 -36 UNF
3/4
18.1
0.62
907307
7/8
184
67
19
#8 -36 UNF
3/4
26.1
0.64
907409
1-1/8
216
76
23
#10 - 32 UNF
1
52.9
0.95
907511
1-3/8
235
94
25
#10 - 32 UNF
1-1/4
73.5
1.52
907613
1-5/8
254
109
28
1/4 - 28 UNF
1-1/2
182.8
2.44
907617
2-1/8
289
132
34
1/4 - 28 UNF
2
245.7
4.58
5.04
907721*
2-5/8
327
132
37
1/4 - 28 UNF
2
205.2
907721FP
2-5/8
365
154
37
1/4-28 UNF
2-1/2
259.5
8.73
907825FP
3-1/8
420
178
43
5/16-24UNF
3-1/8
362.1
18.20
* Reduced Port
** Kv rating @ 1 bar pressure drop across valve.
6&+5$'(5
947 Series
5/16” Schrader Access Port Fitted
Dimensions (mm)
Ball Port
Kv
(m3/hr)**
Weight
(kg)
1/2
3.7
0.33
1/2
6.0
0.33
#8 -36 UNF
1/2
12.0
0.33
16
#8 -36 UNF
3/4
18.1
0.62
19
#8 -36 UNF
3/4
26.1
0.64
76
23
#10 - 32 UNF
1
52.9
0.95
94
25
#10 - 32 UNF
1-1/4
73.5
1.52
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
Diameter
C
Mounting
Hole Size
A
B
947203
3/8
165
947204
1/2
165
54
8
#8 -36 UNF
54
10
#8 -36 UNF
947205
5/8
165
54
13
947306
947307
3/4
184
67
7/8
184
67
947409
1-1/8
216
947511
1-3/8
235
Part No.
(Inch)
** Kv rating @ 1 bar pressure drop across valve.
www.heldon.com.au
31
Heldon
Cross Reference Table: Henry Vs Heldon
With Access Port
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
Ball Port
Diameter
(Inch)
Heldon
Part No.
Length
(mm)
Lay-in
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
Henry
Part No.
Length
(mm)
Lay-in
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
1/4
1/2
-
-
-
-
937202
165
149
0.33
3/8
1/2
2352-0606
140
124
0.31
937203
165
149
0.33
1/2
1/2
2352-0808
161
141
0.31
937204
165
146
0.33
5/8
1/2
2352-1010
161
135
0.31
937205
165
140
0.33
3/4
3/4
2352-1212
189
157
0.52
937306
184
153
0.62
7/8
3/4
2352-1414
189
151
0.69
937307
184
146
0.64
1-1/8
1
2352-1818
214
168
1.32
937409
216
170
0.95
1-3/8
1-1/4
2352-2222
254
204
1.58
937511
235
186
1.52
1-5/8
1-1/2
2352-2626
279
223
2.28
937613
254
199
2.44
4.58
2-1/8
2
2352-3434
305
237
3.90
937617
289
221
2-5/8*
2
2352-4242
305
231
4.17
937721
327
253
5.04
2-5/8
2-7/16
2352-4242FP
343
269
6.08
937721FP
365
291
8.73
3-1/8
3
2352-5050FP
406
322
9.67
937825FP
420
334
14.7
Ball Port
Diameter
(Inch)
Heldon Part
No.
Length
(mm)
Lay-in
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
Henry
Part No
Length
(mm)
Lay-in
Length
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
*Reduced Port
No Access Port
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
1/4
1/2
n/a
138
122
n/a
907202
165
149
0.33
3/8
1/2
2302-0606
140
124
0.31
907203
165
149
0.33
1/2
1/2
2302-0808
161
141
0.31
907204
165
146
0.33
5/8
1/2
2302-1010
161
135
0.31
907205
165
140
0.33
3/4
3/4
2302-1212
189
157
0.52
907306
184
153
0.62
7/8
3/4
2302-1414
189
151
0.69
907307
184
146
0.64
1-1/8
1
2302-1818
214
168
1.32
907409
216
170
0.95
1-3/8
1-1/4
2302-2222
254
204
1.58
907511
235
186
1.52
1-5/8
1-1/2
2302-2626
279
223
2.28
907613
254
199
2.44
2-1/8
2
2302-3434
305
237
3.90
907617
289
221
4.58
2-5/8*
2
2302-4242
305
231
4.17
907721
327
253
5.04
2-5/8
2-7/16
2302-4242FP
343
269
6.08
907721FP
365
275
8.43
3-1/8
3
2302-5050FP
406
322
9.67
907825FP
420
334
14.7
*Reduced Port
32
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
3 IN 1 BALL VALVE
937XXXSG Series
Introduction
Introducing, the Henry 3 in 1 ball valve.
It's a ball valve, sight glass and moisture indicator all in one.
All the features that you would expect from a Henry Ball Valve
plus more.
Benefits
Features
1. Less brazed joints and smaller lay-in length required.
2. Provides quick & easy visual check of the refrigerant charge.
3. Easy diagnosis of the condition of the refrigerant charge
(wet/dry).
4. Bi –directional flow.
4. May be installed in any position.
5. Mounting pad for easy installation.
5. Can be mounted securely preventing undue stress on the
connecting pipe work.
6. At a glance the postion of the valve spindle is easily identified.
6. Indicator on stem shows valve position – open or closed.
7. Fully opened or closed with a quarter turn of the valve stem. 7. Quick & simple operation gives the operator full control.
8. Cannot blow out under pressure due to its unique design.
8. Blow-out proof stem design.
9. Double O-Ring stem seal provides a greater sealing surface.
9. Double stem seal.
10. Provides equalisation of pressure surrounding ball to
10. Ball cavity vented to prevent over-pressure.
ensure smooth easy action.
11. 1/4” Schrader valve fitted standard, 5/16" Schrader valve 11. Allow access to system pressure measurement.
available on selected models.
12. Full flow means minimal pressure drop across the range of
12. Full flow port design on entire range (unless specified).
valves on offer.
13. A streamlined design that is fully rated to 48 bar.
13. Body is hermetically sealed.
1. Ball valve, sight glass and moisture indicator all-in-one.
2. Large clear sight glass.
3. Positive colour contrast moisture indicator.
Technical Specifications
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40°C to 120°C
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,800 kPag, (0 to 700 psig)
Suitable for use with HFC , HCFC and R744 refrigerants along
with their associated oils.
The brass body must be protected against excessive heat
during installation to prevent damage to the seals. Full details
are provided in the installation sheet, included with each valve.
www.heldon.com.au
33
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacity
Schrader Valve
Part No.
Conn. Size
I.D
(Inch)
937202SG
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
Mounting Hole
Size
Port Size
(mm)
MWP
(kPag)
Weight
(kg)
1/4
185
16
55
8
#8-36 UNF-2B
12.70
4800
0.42
937203SG
3/8
185
16
55
8
#8-36 UNF-2B
12.70
4800
0.42
937204SG
1/2
185
16
55
10
#8-36 UNF-2B
12.70
4800
0.42
937205SG
5/8
185
16
55
13
#8-36 UNF-2B
12.70
4800
0.42
937306SG
3/4
211
21
67
19
#8-36 UNF-2B
19.05
4800
0.80
937307SG
7/8
211
21
67
20
#8-36 UNF-2B
19.05
4800
0.80
937409SG
1 1/8
237
26
76
24
#10-32 UNF-2B
25.40
4800
1.20
B A L L VA LV E S W I T H S I G H T G L A S S &
M O I S T U R E I N D I C AT O R
Moisture Content vs Colour Change
Refrigerant
R404A
R410A
R134a
R22
34
Moisture content (parts per million)
Indicator colour
Temp (oC)
Dry (Green)
Caution (Light Green)
Wet (Yellow)
24
below 20
20-100
above 100
38
below 35
35-130
above 130
52
below 45
45-200
above 200
24
below 20
20-100
above 100
38
below 30
30-120
above 120
52
below 50
50-150
above 150
24
below 30
30-90
above 90
38
below 50
50-120
above 120
52
below 70
70-150
above 150
24
below 20
20-85
above 85
38
below 30
30-90
above 90
52
below 45
45-110
above 110
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
FULL FLOW ROTALOCK VALVES
Introduction
Rotalock Valves are widely used throughout the refrigeration and
air-conditioning industry as a convenient removable connection point
and service valve typically fitted to compressors and pressure vessels.
The Rotalock connection consists of male and female components
that when joined compress a sacrificial Teflon washer. By
compressing the Teflon washer a seal is created that can maintain
its intregrity with large changes in temperature and constant
vibration.
296 Series
Henry Technologies have taken these valves to a new level with
the introduction of their Full Flow Rotalock design. This Patented
design incorporates a number of unique features to benefit the
user including a recessed polished steel spindle that allows for
an uninterrupted flow through the valve when in the fully back
seated position. Flow tests confirm that Full Flow Rotalock valves
are up to 50% more efficient than the traditional type Rotalock
293 Series
valves on the market today.
Available in a range of styles and connection sizes, these are the
valves your system needs to deliver maximum capacity and efficiency.
292 Series
965 Series
2605 Series
Benefits
Features
1. Increased service life and less torque required when closing.
2. Provides a superior seal with less sealing torque.
3. Requires only low silver content solder with less heat for an
improved leak proof joint.
Optimum flow due to recessed spindle (back seat position).
4. Delivers minimal pressure drop & improved system
efficiency.
Zinc Blue Passivated coating (Salt spray tested to 300 hours). 5. Corrosion resistance superior to Nickel plating.
Dual ¼ MSAE access ports.
6. Dual access ports accept Schrader cores to provide
improved service flexibility.
7. R410A compatible.
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa.
8. Ideal for today’s Refrigeration systems.
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
1. Polished steel spindle withTeflon gland seal.
2. Seat surfaces are copper.
3. Copper line connection.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
35
Heldon
Dimensions
"
!
17
17
D
Rotalock Service Valve with Dual Access
Dimensions (mm)
Connection ID
Solder
(Inch)
Rotalock Or Vessel
2605-061220
3/8
3/4-16 UNF
10
13
16
103
25
25
13
20
0.22
2605-061620
3/8
1-14 UN
10
13
16
103
25
25
13
20
0.24
2605-081220
1/2
3/4-16 UNF
13
13
13
103
25
25
13
20
0.22
2605-081620
1/2
1-14 UN
13
13
13
103
25
25
13
20
0.24
2605-101620
5/8
1-14 UN
14
20
18
110
33
25
13
20
0.24
2605-102030
5/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
14
23
26
137
39
34
18
28
0.45
2605-122030
3/4
1-1/4-12 UNF
20
32.5
30
147
50
34
18
28
0.46
2605-142030
7/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
24
32.5
26
147
50
34
18
28
0.46
2605-142830
7/8
1-3/4-12 UN
24
32.5
26
147
50
34
18
28
0.52
2605-182030
1-1/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
28
39.5
29
154
57
34
18
28
0.48
2605-182835
1-1/8
1-3/4-12 UN
23
30
27
173
50
39
20
30
0.47
2605-222835
1-3/8
1-3/4-12 UN
25
37
32
180
57
39
20
30
0.70
2605-262835
1-5/8
1-3/4-12 UN
28
45
37
188
65
39
20
30
0.75
Part No.
Conn. & RL Thread
(Inch)
A
B
C
D (±2)
E
2605 Series
36
www.heldon.com.au
F
G
H
Weight
(kg)
Heldon
Dimensions
E
292 Series
Straight Adapter Female Solder to Female Rotalock Nut
Connection ID
Solder (Inch)
Rotalock Or Vessel
Conn. & RL Thread
(Inch)
292-0816
1/2
292-1016
292-1020
292-1220
Part No.
Dimensions (mm)
Nominal
Weight
(kg)
Solder
Depth
B (±1)
RL & Solder
Base
C (±1)
RL Nut A/F
D
Connector
Nut A/F
E
1-14 UN
13
22
30
21
0.09
5/8
1-14 UN
14
27
30
21
0.09
5/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
14
32
36
29
0.14
3/4
1-1/4-12 UNF
20
37
36
29
0.17
292-1420
7/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
24
33
36
29
0.18
292-1820
1-1/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
28
36
36
29
0.20
292-1828
1-1/8
1-3/4-12 UN
23
31
50
32
0.21
292-2228
1-3/8
1-3/4-12 UN
25
37
50
32
0.26
ROTALOCK
CONNECTION
MSAE
CONNECTION
295 Series
Elbow 90° Connector ( No- Access Fitting ) - Male Flare to Female Rotalock Nut
Dimensions (mm)
Nominal
Weight
(kg)
Rotalock Or
Vessel Conn. & RL
Thread (Inch)
Body
Size
Flare
Length
A
Elbow Centre
to Flare End
B
Flare to
Elbow End
C
1/4 MSAE
3/4-16 UNF
20 SQ.
19
29
39
0.09
295-0612
3/8 MSAE
3/4-16 UNF
20 SQ.
19
29
39
0.10
295-1812
1/2 MSAE
3/4-16 UNF
20 SQ.
22
32
42
0.14
Part No.
Connection ID
Male Flare
(Inch)
295-0412
www.heldon.com.au
37
Heldon
Dimensions
293 Series
Elbow 90° Connector ( No- Access Fitting ) Female Solder to Female Rotalock Nut
Dimensions (mm)
Nominal
Weight
(kg)
Part No.
Connection ID
Solder A (Inch)
Rotalock Or Vessel
Conn. & RL Thread
(Inch)
Body Size
G
Solder Depth
C (±1)
Elbow Centre
to Solder End
D ( ±1)
Solder Centre
to RL Base
E (±1)
RL Nut
Flat A/F
F
293-0612
3/8
3/4-16 UNF
20 SQ.
9.5
25
20
24
0.08
293-0812
1/2
3/4-16 UNF
20 SQ.
13
25
20
24
0.08
293-0816
1/2
1-14 UN
20 SQ.
13
25
20
30
0.11
293-1016
5/8
1-14 UN
20 SQ.
14
32
20
30
0.11
293-1216
3/4
1-14 UN
20 SQ.
20
39
20
30
0.13
293-1416
7/8
1-14 UN
20 SQ.
24
44
20
30
0.14
293-1020
5/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
30 SQ.
14
40
27
36
0.24
293-1420
7/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
30 SQ.
24
50
27
36
0.25
293-1820
1-1/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
35 SQ.
28
57
27
36
0.26
293-1828
1-1/8
1-3/4-12 UN
35 SQ.
23
50
30
50
0.35
293-2228
1-3/8
1-3/4-12 UN
35 SQ.
25
57
30
50
0.40
296 Series
Elbow 90° Connector ( With Access Port ) - Female Solder to Male Rotalock Nut
Part No.
296-0616
38
Connection ID
Solder
(Inch)
Rotalock Or Vessel
Conn. & RL Thread
(Inch)
3/8
Dimensions (mm)
Body
Size
Flare
Length
A
Elbow Centre
to Flare End
B
Solder to
Elbow End
C
1 - 14 UN
20 SQ.
9.5
25
29
Nominal
Weight
(kg)
0.11
296-0816
1/2
1 - 14 UN
20 SQ.
12.7
25
29
0.11
296-1220
3/4
1-1/4 - 12 UNF
30 SQ.
20
50
33.5
0.22
296-1420
7/8
1-1/4 - 12 UNF
30 SQ.
24
50
33.5
0.25
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions
$
*
%
+
(
,
)
%
,
&
'
(
#
)
965 Series
Rotalock Welding Spuds - Available as AS1210 or ASME - Female ID Weld to Male Rotalock Thread
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Thread
(Inch)
A
Description
965-26XX-12S
Suit 3/4 Rotalock
965-26XX-16S
Suit 1 Rotalock
965-26XX-20S
965-26XX-28S
965-26XX-36S
Overall
Length
B
I.D.
C
I.D.
D
O.D.
E
Welded
End O.D.
F
Length
G
Depth
H
Nominal
Weight
(kg)
3/4-16 UNF
34
7.9
7.9
11.1
19.1
6
-
0.04
1-14 UN
36
12.7
12.7
15.9
25.4
6
-
0.09
Suit 1 1/4 Rotalock
1-1/4-12 UNF
38
19.0
19.0
22.2
31.8
8
-
0.09
Suit 1 3/4 Rotalock
1-3/4-12 UN
38
31.75
34.9
38.1
44.5
8
15
0.18
Suit 2 1/4 Rotalock
2-1/4-12 UN
39
41.3
41.3
47.6
57.2
8
-
0.27
Rotalock Gaskets
Part No.
Description
Pk Q'ty
800-26XX-12
Suit 3/4" R/L Nut
10
800-26XX-16
Suit 1" R/L Nut
5
800-26XX-20
Suit 1-1/4" R/L Nut
5
800-26XX-28
Suit 1-3/4" R/.L Nut
5
800-26XX-36
Suit 2-1/4" R/L Nut
5
800 Series
Cross Reference : Old Heldon Series v's New
Recommended Torque settings for Rotalock Nuts
Old Series
New Series
Rotalock Nut Size
Torque (Nm)
2600-XXXXXX
2605-XXXXXX
Rotalock 3/4-16 UNF
40-50
2601-XXXXXX
2605-XXXXXX
Rotalock 1-14 UNS
70-80
262-XXXXXX
292-XXXXXX
Rotalock 1-1/4-12 UNF
120-135
263-XXXXXX
293-XXXXXX
Rotalock 1-3/4-12 UNF
135-160
264-XXXXXX
296-XXXXXX
Rotalock 2-1/4-12 UNF
165-190
265-XXXXXX
295-XXXXXX
www.heldon.com.au
39
Heldon
Rotalock Cross Reference
Connection
Part No.
Rotalock
2605-081620
2605-101620
2605-102030
2605-122030
2605-142030
2605-142830
2605-182835
2605-222835
2605-262835
2600-263650
Maneurop MT/Z
Maneurop SM
Copeland ZR
Copeland ZF
Copeland ZS
Part No.
Nylon Gasket
R/L / Sol. ID Valve
2605-061620
Compressor - Rotalock Selection Guide - 2009
1" / 3/8"
1" / 1/2"
1" / 5/8"
1-1/4" / 5/8"
1-1/4" / 3/4"
1-1/4" / 7/8"
1-3/4" / 7/8"
1-3/4" / 1-1/8"
1-3/4" / 1-3/8"
1-3/4" / 1-5/8"
2-1/4" / 1-5/8"
800-26XX
800-26XX
800-26XX
800-26XX-20
800-26XX-20
800-26XX-20
800-26XX-28
800-26XX-28
800-26XX-28
800-26XX-28
800-26XX-36
1-14 UN
1-14 UN
1-14 UN
1-1/4-12 UNF
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
Discharge
Suction
MT/Z18
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z22
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z28
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z32
MT/Z18
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z36
MT/Z22
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z40
MT/Z28
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR18K
-
ZF09K
-
ZS15K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR22K
-
ZF11K
-
ZS19K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR28K
-
ZF13K
-
ZS21K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR34K
-
ZF15K
-
ZS26K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR40K
-
ZF18K
-
ZS30K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR48K
-
-
-
ZS38K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR49K
-
-
-
ZS45K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR61K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR72K
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z32
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z36
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z40
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z44
-
SM085
-
ZR81K
-
-
-
ZS56K
-
MT/Z50
-
SM100
-
ZR90K
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z56
-
SM125
-
ZR11M
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z64
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z72
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z80/1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z100
-
-
-
ZR12M
ZR18K
ZF33K
ZF09K
-
ZS15K
MT/Z125
-
-
-
ZR16M
ZR22K
ZF40K
ZF11K
-
ZS19K
MT/Z160
-
-
-
-
ZR28K
-
ZF13K
-
ZS21K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR34K
-
ZF15K
-
ZS26K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR40K
-
ZF18K
-
ZS30K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR48K
-
ZF24K
-
ZS38K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR49K
-
-
-
ZS45K
-
-
-
-
-
ZR61K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR72K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR81K
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z44
SM175
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z50
SM185
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z56
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z64
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z72
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z80/1
-
SM085
ZR19M
ZR90K
ZF48K
ZF24K
ZS11M
ZS56K
-
MT/Z100
-
SM100
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z125
-
SM125
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MT/Z160
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR250K
ZR11M
-
ZF33K
-
ZS75K
-
-
-
-
ZR300K
ZR12M
-
ZF40K
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR310K
ZR16M
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR380K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SM175
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SM185
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR19M
-
-
-
-
-
-
SM175
-
-
ZR250K
-
-
-
-
-
-
SM185
-
-
ZR300K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR310K
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ZR380K
-
-
-
-
1-1/4-12 UNF
1-3/4-12 UN
1-3/4-12 UN
1-3/4-12 UN
1-3/4-12 UN
1-3/4-12 UN
2-1/4-12 UN
*Note: All care has been taken in compiling this cross reference/ guide based on published data from the relevent manufacturers
and their agents. As manufacturers can change their specifications this should be used as a guide only.
40
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
STANDARD FLOW ROTALOCK VALVE
Introduction
Heldon's Standard Flow Rotalock Valve range offers MSAE
connections from 1/4" through to 3/4" in size.
These valves have a solid brass body with a nickel plated finish.
A polished stainless steel spindle employs a solid Teflon seal to
deliver increased service life with less torque required to close.
This range of Rotalock valves feature a single 1/4" MSAE access
port for service purposes.
Suitable for all fluorinated refigerants and oils, these valves are
supplied complete with an individual Teflon Rotalock seal.
2610 Series
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Strong forged or solid brass body.
Precision ground and polished stainless steel stem.
Supplied with Rotalock gasket.
Brass to stainless steel seat.
Safe Working Pressure of 4,200 kPa (R410A Compatible).
Stable platform when mounted in a system.
Accurate sealing and extended life.
Complete ready to install.
Tighter seal and less susceptible leakage.
Compatible with all flurorinated refigerants and oils.
Dimensions
Manufacturing Standards
2610 Series
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
.
-
/
0
Rotalock Service Valve - Male SAE Flare to Rotalock Nut
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
MSAE Conn.
(Inch)
Vessel Conn. & RL
Thread (Inch)
A
B
C
D
E
Weight
(kg)
2610-041220-HEX
1/4
3/4-16 UNF
14.8
16.5
101.0
31.3
21.0
0.19
2610-061220-HEX
3/8
3/4-16 UNF
14.8
14.2
101.0
29.0
21.0
0.19
2610-061620
3/8
1-14 UNS
23.0
12.5
104.0
35.5
24.0
0.25
2610-081620
1/2
1-14 UNS
23.0
12.5
104.0
35.5
24.0
0.25
2610-101620-1L
5/8
1-14 UNS
24.0
13.0
107.0
37.0
24.0
0.27
2610-102022
5/8
1-1/4-12 UNF
27.0
16.0
115.0
43.0
27.0
0.32
2610-122022
3/4
1-1/4-12 UNF
31.0
14.0
118.0
45.0
27.0
0.34
2610-122030
3/4
1-1/4-12 UNF
37.0
12.5
149.0
49.5
29.5
0.56
www.heldon.com.au
41
Heldon
CHECK VALVES
Introduction
Check Valves are used in refrigeration and air-conditioning when
the liquid or vapour refrigerant is required to flow in one direction
only. The Check Valve allows for full flow in the direction of
operational flow while preventing flow in the opposite direction.
A typical application would be to install a check valve downstream
of an oil separator. This prevents condensed liquid refrigerant
from returning down the discharge line and into the oil separator.
Please note that In-line Check Valves are not suitable for
discharge lines of reciprocating compressors. This is due to the
reciprocating compressors discharge pressure pulsations.
2027 Series
205 Series
The Henry Technologies range includes both the Lift type and the
In-line type Check Valves.
Valves
The Lift Check Valves are: 116, 205 & 2027 Series
(Note: 205 Series is replacing the old 2024 Series)
The In-line Check Valves are: 119 & 120 Series
(Note: 119 & 120 Series is replacing the old 2001 & 2006 Series)
Henry Technologies check valve are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
Typically, Henry Technologies Check Valves will start to open at
3.4 kPa and be fully open at 34 kPa.
116 Series
119 Series
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Flow direction arrow.
Minimum opening pressure required.
Designed for maximum flow and minimum pressure drop.
Robust design.
Optimised seat material.
Models available with copper extensions – 120 Series.
Working Temperature range:
• 116 & 205 Series = -40 oC to 150 oC
• 119 & 120 Series = -30 oC to 90 oC
• 2027 Series = -40 oC to 100 oC
Ensures correct installation.
Does not impose a load on the system.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Provides stable platform when mounted in a system.
Efficient sealing with negligible leak rate.
Quick and easy installation.
Suitable for a wide range of applications.
Materials of Construction
Manufacturing Standards
The valve body for the 205 series is made from cast bronze. All
other check valves bodies are made from brass. All pistons are
made from brass. Springs are made from stainless steel. The
seat seal material is PTFE for the 205 & 116 Series. The seat
material is neoprene for the 119 & 120 Series.
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2, CE & UL
Safe Working Pressure
= 3,100 kPa / 205 Series
= 3,500 kPa / 116, 119 & 120 Series
= 4,200 kPa / 2027 Series
Installation – Main issues
1.
Valves must be installed in accordance with the flow direction
arrow.
2.
The valve bodies and valve internals must be protected
against damage during brazing. Full instructions are given
in the Product Instruction Sheet, included with each valve.
42
3.
Series 205 valves up to 1 3/8" connector size can be installed
in any position except bonnet down. For larger sizes, the
bonnet must be positioned upwards. For all models, the
recommended bonnet position is upwards.
4.
Discharge check valves should be positioned as far from
the compressor as possible.
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions
205 Series
Check Valves - Globe Design
Part No.
Connection
Size ID
(Inch)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
CE Cat
SEP
7/8
108
25
80
19
6.1
1.24
1-1/8
124
29
98
24
8.6
2.00
SEP
205-1-3/8
1-3/8
137
32
108
25
11.9
2.74
Cat I
205-1-5/8
1-5/8
165
38
129
29
15.4
4.23
Cat I
205-2-1/8
2-1/8
216
51
157
38
25.5
7.76
Cat I
205-2-5/8
2-5/8
279
57
183
43
42.3
12.44
Cat I
Valves
205-7/8
205-1-1/8
116 Series
Check Valves - Globe Design
Part No.
Connection
Size ID
(Inch)
116003
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
Kv
(m3/Hr)
3/8
74.7
10.4
52.3
7.9
1.4
0.24
SEP
116004
1/2
74.7
10.4
52.3
9.7
1.9
0.23
SEP
116005
5/8
74.7
10.4
52.3
12.7
2.3
0.22
SEP
116007
7/8
98.6
16.0
74.7
22.4
3.1
0.93
SEP
www.heldon.com.au
Weight
(kg)
CE Cat
43
Heldon
Capacities
R404A
Part No.
Conn. Size
(Inch)
Style
Liquid Lines (kW)
Suction Vapour (kW)
Hot Gas (m3/hr)
205-7/8
7/8
Globe, Bolted Bonnet
29.5
1.8
62.9
205-1-1/8
1-1/8
Globe, Bolted Bonnet
42.3
3.5
87.2
205-1-3/8
1-3/8
Globe, Bolted Bonnet
57.3
7.0
121.6
205-1-5/8
1-5/8
Globe, Bolted Bonnet
74.2
11.6
157.3
205-2-1/8
2-1/8
Globe, Bolted Bonnet
122.7
32.0
260.1
205-2-5/8
2-5/8
Globe, Bolted Bonnet
204.0
88.3
432.1
116003
3/8
Y Type Screwed Bonnet
8.4
0.14
18.2
116004
1/2
Y Type Screwed Bonnet
17.6
0.67
37.2
116005
5/8
Y Type Screwed Bonnet
22.2
1.1
46.9
116007
7/8
Y Type Screwed Bonnet
47.1
4.8
100.0
* Based on 38oC Condensing and -40oC Evaporating
Dimensions
Angle Female Solder
Part No.
Connection
Size ID
(Inch)
2027-1414
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
Kv
(m3/Hr)
Weight
(kg)
7/8
96
47
40
8.95
0.82
2027-1818
1-1/8
96
51
40
14.30
0.78
2027-2222
1-3/8
120
60
67
21.60
1.42
2027-2626
1-5/8
120
60
67
29.45
1.44
1
2
3
4
5
6
2027 Series
C/Hex
120 Series
119 Series
Straight Through Design
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection
Size
A
B
C/Hex
Weight
(kg)
119-1/4
1/4 FL
57.4
-
21
0.10
119-3/8
3/8 FL
63.8
-
21
0.12
119-1/2
1/2 FL
76.2
-
32
0.13
120-3/8
3/8 ID
133.4
7.9
21
0.13
120-1/2
1/2 ID
161.3
9.7
32
0.26
120-5/8
5/8 ID
159.5
12.7
32
0.29
44
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
MAGNETIC CHECK VALVES
Introduction
The Henry Technologies check valve uses magnetic attraction to
return the valve plate to its seat rather than spring pressure. A
conventional type check valve requires an increase in pressure to
force the valve plate off its seat leading to an increase in pressure
drop. The magnetic check valve (MCV) has a decreasing force to
move it away from its seat. The further it travels the magnetic
attraction diminishes leading to a decrease in pressure drop.
MCV’s are therefore a more efficient option to the conventional
check valves.
The Henry MCV uses the latest technology in Dura Form
processing, a manufacturing method that eliminates the use
of braze materials that can overheat and damage internal
components. The body is 100% copper that has been spun into
shape and the connections machined. The result is a valve that is
hermetically sealed, can easily be installed with either soft or hard
solder, with a near zero leak rate and exceptional performance.
Suitable for use in the Liquid, Suction, Discharge or Hot Gas lines
employing fluorinated refrigerants, these valves are ideal in a new
installation or as a replacement for conventional check valves.
F63 Series
MCV’s are not recommended for Heat Reclaim applications with
high differential pressures.
Note: The F63 Series is replacing the old 2026 Series Magnetic
Check Valves.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. Safe Working Pressure 5,200 kPa up to 5/8” sizes.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Stable platform with no chance of a leak.
Efficient sealing with a negligible leak rate.
Able to be installed in any position.
Strain debris out of the system and extend the valve service life.
Suitable for a wide range of applications, including
combination (muffler/check valve).
7. Compatible with all fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
Manufacturing Standards
Part Number Cross Reference
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Hermetically sealed copper body.
Optimised seat material with a Neoprene coated valve plate.
Multi orientation while maintaining flow direction.
Built in 30 mesh strainer.
Working Temperature range = 40 oC to 150 oC.
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Safe Working Pressure: Please refer to table on next page
for details.
Henry
Heldon Old
Emerson
Superior
F6306
F6307
F6308
F6309
F6310
F6311
F6312
F6313
F6314
F6315
F6316
2026-0404
2026-0606
2026-0808
2026-1010
2026-1212
2026-1414
2026-1818
2026-2222
2026-2626
2026-3434
2026-4242
AKC-4
AKC-6
AKC-8
AKC-10
AKC-12
AKC-14
AKC-18
AKC-22
AKC-26
AKC-34
AKC-42
900M-4S
900M-6S
900M-8S
900M-10S
900M-12S
900M-14S
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
F6085
2026-5050
N/A
N/A
www.heldon.com.au
45
Heldon
Dimensions
F63 Series
Part No.
Connection
Size
A
Description
Valve Length
(mm)
B
Valve Dia.
(mm)
C
Weight
(kg)
F6306
1/4
MS-4
102
22.3
0.09
F6307
3/8
MS-6
102
22.3
0.09
F6308
1/2
MS-8
127
28.6
0.15
F6309
5/8
MS-10
127
28.6
0.15
0.39
F6310
3/4
MS-12
178
41.3
F6311
7/8
MS-14
178
41.3
0.39
F6312
1-1/8
MS-18
213
54
0.67
F6313
1-3/8
MS-22
238
66.7
1.13
F6314
1-5/8
MS-26
267
79.4
1.63
F6315
2-1/8
MS-34
305
92.1
2.47
F6316
2-5/8
MS-42
330
105
3.54
F6085
3-1/8
MS-50
330
105
3.54
Capacities
Suction (kW)
Liquid (kW)
R22
R134a
R404A
R22
R134a
R404A
SWP
(kPa )
Kv
m3/Hr
F6306
1.1
0.8
0.9
9.5
8.8
6.8
5,500
0.47
F6307
2.2
1.6
2.0
19.9
18.3
14.2
5,500
0.99
F6308
6.0
4.4
5.3
53.8
49.4
38.2
5,200
2.67
F6309
6.7
4.9
5.9
60
55.1
42.6
5,200
2.98
F6310
12.5
9.2
11
112.2
103.1
79.7
4,100
5.56
F6311
17
12.5
15
152.8
140.4
108.5
4,100
7.58
F6312
29.6
21.7
26.1
265.9
244.3
188.8
4,100
13.19
F6313
36.5
26.8
32.2
327.9
301.3
232.5
4,000
16.26
F6314
62.3
45.8
54.9
560.1
514.6
397.7
3,000
27.78
F6315
108.2
79.5
95.5
973.3
894.3
691.1
3,200
48.27
F6316
145.2
106.7
128.1
1,305.9
1,200
927.3
3,000
64.76
F6085
145.2
106.7
128.1
1,305.9
1,200
927.3
3,000
64.76
The rated liquid and suction capacities are based on an evaporating temperature: An average temperature of te = -10oC, liquid
temperature ahead of the valve t = 25oC and a pressure drop across the valve of p = 15 kPa (2.18 psi).
46
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
SOLENOID VALVES
Introduction
Solenoid valves are used in refrigeration and air-conditioning to
stop, interrupt or divert the flow of refrigerant. They operate by
opening or closing the orifice directly or by pilot (Servo) operation.
An electro-magnetic coil is used to open the valve when it is
energised.
Heldon’s new style Solenoid valves (2402 & 2403 Series) are made
from brass forgings and are available with extended copper or
male SAE connections. A special diaphragm material is used for
an extended service life, to be compatible with most fluorinated
refrigerant and oil combinations.
These new style valves are matched to a range of “click-on” style
coils, which, when installed with the supplied Hirschmann plug
and o-ring, offer an IP65 rating. Another feature of these is the
built-in LED, indicating power supply to the coil.
Note: Solenoid Coil to be purchased separately.
Features
Benefits
1. Solid forged brass construction.
2. Range available from 1/4” to 1-1/8” connections.
1. Provides a strong stable platform when mounted in a system.
2. Delivers an extensive range of capacities in Liquid, Vapour
and Hot Gas applications.
3. No pressure drop required to operate.
4. Easy and reliable operating action.
5. Quick and easy to install.
6. Reliability guaranteed.
7. Provide more choice to suit your application.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1/4” valve is a Direct Operating type.
3/8” to 1-1/8” – Pilot (Servo) Operating Valves.
Click-on style Solenoid Coils available in a range of voltages.
Rigorously tested to 300,000 cycles.
Available with extended copper tails and as reduced port
versions.
8. Built-in LED in the coil plug indicates power supply either
on or off.
9. Rated to IP65 when installed with supplied o-ring and plug.
10. Safe Working Pressure = 3,200 kPa.
11. Working Temperature Range:
• Solenoid Valve -25oC to 100oC
• Solenoid Coil -40oC to 80oC
8. Safety and assists the technician in fault finding.
9. Solenoid coil offers great protection and long life span.
10. Suitable for use with a large range of HCFC and HFC
refrigerants.
11. Suits a wide range of applications.
Nomenclature
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
240X - XXXX XX
2 - Male Flare (MSAE)
3 - Solder ID
6 - Solenoid Coil
Valves Connection Size:
0404 - 1/4 x 1/4
0606 - 3/8 x 3/8
0808 - 1/2 x 1/2
1010 - 5/8 x 5/8
1212 - 3/4 x 3/4
1414 - 7/8 x 7/8
1818 - 1 1/8 x 1 1/8
Blank - Standard
RP Reduced Port
LT Long Tail (extended
copper connections)
or
AC - AC coil
DC - DC coil
Coils Voltage:
12 - 12 volt
24 - 24 volt
110 - 110 volt
240 - 220/240 volt
www.heldon.com.au
47
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
2402 Series
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Flare Conn. Size
(Inch)
H
L
Weight
(kg)
2402-0404
1/4
63
67
0.125
2402-0606
3/8
69
75
0.220
2402-0808
1/2
78
102
0.480
2402-1010
5/8
78
107
0.490
2402-1212
3/4
80
126
0.840
Liquid (kW)
Part No.
Flare
Conn.
Vapour (kW)
Hot Gas (kW)
Kv
(m3/hr)
R22
R134a
R404A
R22
R134a
R404A
R22
R134a
R404A
2.1
-
-
-
2.1
1.6
1.8
0.175
Opening
Diff.
Pressure
(bar)
Maximum Operating
Pressure Differential
(bar)
AC Coil
DC Coil
0
21
19
2402-0404
1/4
3.2
3.0
2402-0606
3/8
14.5
13.5
9.5
2.2
1.8
1.85
9.5
6.9
8.2
0.8
0.5
21
19
2402-0808
1/2
39.6
37.1
26.2
6.0
4.8
5.0
26.0
18.9
22.4
2.3
0.5
21
18
2402-1010
5/8
47.0
44.0
31.0
7.0
5.7
6.0
30.8
22.9
26.5
3.8
0.5
21
18
2402-1212
3/4
86.4
80.0
57.1
13.2
10.5
11.0
56.8
41.5
48.5
4.9
0.5
21
13
Solenoid Coils
Part No.
Coils
Description
Watts
Hz
Weight
(kg)
Pack
Q'ty
2406-012-DC
12 volt DC
solenoid coil
9w
50/60 Hz
0.190
20
2406-024-DC
24 volt DC
solenoid coil
9w
50/60 Hz
0.190
20
2406-24-AC
24 volt AC
solenoid coil
9w
50/60 Hz
0.190
1
2406-240-AC
240 volt AC
solenoid coil
9w
50/60 Hz
0.190
1
48
2406 Series
Solenoid Coil Dimensions (mm)
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
2403 Series
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Solder Conn. Size
(Inch)
H
L
B
Weight
(kg)
2403-0404
1/4
63
102
7
0.135
2403-0404LT
1/4
63
250
7
0.180
2403-0606
3/8
69
111
8
0.230
2403-0606LT
3/8
69
250
8
0.280
2403-0808
1/2
78
127
10
0.500
2403-0808LT
1/2
78
250
10
0.550
2403-1010
5/8
78
127
13
0.520
2403-1212
3/4
80
176
16
0.860
2403-1414
7/8
80
176
19
0.870
2403-1818RP
1-1/8
80
176
19
0.880
Part No.
Solder
Conn.
(Inch)
Liquid (kW)
Vapour (kW)
Kv
(m3/
hr)
Hot Gas (kW)
R22
R134a
R404A
R22
R134a
R404A
R22
R134a
R404A
3.2
3.0
2.1
-
-
-
2.1
1.6
1.8
0.155
Opending
Diff.
Pressure
Maximum
Operating
Pressure
Differential (bar)
(bar)
0
AC coil
DC Coil
21
19
2403-0404
1/4
2403-0404LT
1/4
3.2
3.0
2.1
-
-
-
2.1
1.6
1.8
0.155
0
21
19
2403-0606
3/8
14.5
13.5
9.5
2.2
1.8
1.9
9.5
6.9
8.2
0.8
0.5
21
19
2403-0606LT
3/8
14.5
13.5
9.5
2.2
1.8
1.9
9.5
6.9
8.2
0.8
0.5
21
19
2403-0808
1/2
39.6
37.1
26.2
6.0
4.8
5.0
26.0
18.9
22.4
2.3
0.5
21
19
2403-0808LT
1/2
39.6
37.1
26.2
6.0
4.8
5.0
26.0
18.9
22.4
2.3
0.5
21
19
2403-1010
5/8
47.0
44.0
31.0
7.0
5.7
6.0
30.8
22.9
26.5
3.8
0.5
21
19
2403-1212
3/4
87.0
80.5
58.0
13.2
10.5
11.0
56.8
41.5
48.5
4.9
0.7
21
19
2403-1414
7/8
105.0
99.0
69.0
15.5
12.8
13.4
67.5
49.2
58.2
5.9
0.7
21
19
2403-1818RP
1-1/8
105.0
99.0
69.0
15.5
12.8
13.4
67.5
49.2
58.2
5.9
0.7
21
19
Capacities based on; Hot gas capacities based on:
Evaporating temperature: 4°C
Suction temperature:
18°C
Condensing Temperature: 38°C
Pressure drop:
100 kPa
Pressure drop across valve: 15 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
49
Heldon
SOLENOID COILS
Introduction
Heldon offer flexibility in their range of encapsulated solenoid
coils by designing them to suit a number of alternative brands in
addition to the Heldon range.
The range offered suits the following Normally Closed solenoid
valves:
• 2406-EVR coils fit the Danfoss type EVR solenoid valves.
2406 Series
• 2405 series coils suit the old style 2400 & 2401 series
Heldon solenoid valves.
2406-EVR Series
The 2406 series coils come in a various voltage combinations
and provides the service market with the ability to stock less
replacement coils due to the interchangeability of the Heldon
coils.
In addition, the 2406 series solenoild valve coils have the added
visual diagnostic feature of a LED light that is illuminated when
power is supplied to the coil Din Plug.
Both the 2405 & 2406 series solenoid coils are of rugged moisture
proof design with a 2406 series featuring a simple click-on
mounting. Both are IP65 rated with the CE mark to meet the
low voltage directive of Europe (LVD) 72/23/EC where applicable.
2405-MAGNET Series
2406-DIN-LED Series
In addition, Heldon also produce the 2405-MAG Permanent
Magnet. This is a great asset for the Service Technician as it allows
the solenoid valve to be energized without power supply. Ideal
for trouble shooting, evacuating a system or for pressure testing
purposes, when power is not available. Fits Heldon, Danfoss and
most other popular brands of solenoid valve.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Compact Ergonomic Design.
Low wattage coil.
LED light feature.
UV stabilised outer shell.
Hirschman style din plug.
Coil operating temperature -40 oC to 80 oC.
Fits multiple brands.
Simple click-on with minimal space requirement.
Power saving costs.
Visual diagnostic feature.
Suits tough hot environments.
Quick and safe connection.
Suits Australian conditions.
Saves stocking costs.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
50
www.heldon.com.au
Solenoid Coils
• 2406 series coils suit the 2402 & 2403 series Heldon
solenoid valves as well as the Castel brand of solenoid
valves.
Heldon
Solenoid Coils
Dimensions
2406 With Terminal Box
2406
2406-DIN-LED
2406-EVR
2405-MAG
Note: Dimensions in mm.
www.heldon.com.au
51
Heldon
Capacities
Solenoid Coil Range - 2406 Series (Fits new series 2402 & 2403 Solenoid Valves)
Supply
Voltage
V a.c / DC"
Frequency
(Hz)
Power
Cons. (a.c)
Power
Cons.
(DC)
Temp. Range
Weight
(kg)
Heldon / Castel
240 V a.c.
50/60
9W
-
-40/80°C
0.190
2402 Flare & 2403
Solder
Heldon / Castel
24 V a.c.
50/60
9W
-
-40/80°C
0.190
2406-012-DC
2402 Flare & 2403
Solder
Heldon / Castel
12 V DC.
-
-
9W
-40/80°C
0.190
2406-EVR-240-AC
EVR Danfoss - Flare
& Solder
Danfoss
240 V a.c
50/60
10W
-
-40/80°C
0.315
2406-EVR-24-AC
EVR Danfoss - Flare
& Solder
Danfoss
24 V a.c
50/60
10W
-
-40/80°C
0.315
2406-EVR-12-DC
EVR Danfoss - Flare
& Solder
Danfoss
12 V DC
-
-
10W
-40/80°C
0.315
2406-DIN-LED
EVR Danfoss - Flare &
Solder **
Danfoss
-
-
-
-
-40/80°C
0.020
2405-MAG
2405 / 2406 / EVR *
Heldon / Castel / Danfoss
-
-
-
-
-40/80°C
0.120
Part No.
Suit Valve Series
Brands Coil Fits
2406-240-AC
2402 Flare & 2403
Solder
2406-24-AC
* Permanent Magnetic Coil
** Terminal Assemble for 2406-EVR
Solenoid Coil Range - 2405 Series (Fits old series 2400 & 2401 Solenoid Valves)
Frequency (Hz)
Power
Cons. (a.c)
Power
Cons. (DC)
Temp. Range
Weight
(kg)
240 V a.c.
50/60
9W
-
-40/80°C
0.190
2400 Flare & 2401
Solder
24 V a.c.
50/60
9W
-
-40/80°C
0.190
2405-24V-DC
2400 Flare & 2401
Solder
24 V DC
50/60
9W
-
-40/80°C
0.190
2405-12V-DC
2400 Flare & 2401
Solder
12 V DC
50/60
9W
-
-40/80°C
0.190
Part No.
Suit Valve Series
2405-240V-AC
2400 Flare & 2401
Solder
2405-24V-AC
Supply
Voltage
V a.c / DC
Note: Stock will be run out due to discontinued stock on the 2400 & 2401 series Solenoid Valves.
52
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
REVERSING VALVES
Reversing Valves
Introduction
The Reversing Valves are used in air-conditioning reverse cycle
and heat pump systems to change the refrigerant direction of
flow. By changing the refrigerant direction of flow the evaporator
can become the condenser (the indoor coil) and the condenser
can become the evaporator (the outdoor coil). This will lead to
heat being rejected inside for heating in winter or outside for
cooling in summer.
The cycle inversion is initiated by a small pilot solenoid valve
that directs pressure to either end of the valve body forcing a
piston and sliding valve to change ends altering the internal port
configuration and reversing the flow direction of the refrigerant
in the system. Due to the large port design of Heldon valves the
changeover happens almost instantaneously with a minimal
pressure differential, pressure drop and risk of internal leakage.
Heldon Reversing Valves are constructed from corrosion resistant
brass with solid copper connectors and pilot tubes. Available
in capacities from 4 to 45 kW with a maximum safe working
pressure of 4,100 kPa for most models making those versions
suitable for R410A.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Brass construction.
Solid copper extended connectors.
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerants up to 4,100 kPa
(most models).
5. Wear resistant seals.
6. Working range = -20oC to 50oC Ambient.
7. High capacity pilot valve and tubes.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Strong stable platform.
Easy installation and soldering.
Compatible with most fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
5. Longer reliable working life.
6. Suitable for a wide range of applications.
7. Reduced chance of a blockage.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
www.heldon.com.au
53
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Heldon Reversing Valves
Disch.
ID
Suction
ID
Operating Diff.
Pressure (Mpa)
Disch.
Position
Disch.
Style
Interchangeable Models
Cap.
(kW)
Refrig.
2500-11-45D1
11
R22
1/2
5/8
0.34
2.50
Straight
Off set
2510-4A-23U
4
ALL
5/16
3/8
0.25
3.10
U shape
Centre
2510-7A-34U
7
ALL
3/8
1/2
0.34
3.10
U shape
Centre
2510-9-35U
9
R22
3/8
5/8
0.34
3.10
U shape
Centre
2510-20A-47
20
ALL
1/2
7/8
0.34
3.10
Straight
Centre
V6-414084-1IL
2510-35A-67
35
ALL
3/4
7/8
0.34
3.10
Straight
Centre
V10-312124-1IL
CHV-0712
2510-45-79
45
R22
7/8
1 1/8
0.34
2.50
Straight
Centre
V10-318144-1IL
CHV-2011
Part No.
Min
Max
Ranco
Danfoss
V3-410084-7IL
CHV-0101
V2-308064-2IL
Heldon Reversing Valves come complete with 240V Coil.
Other voltages sold separately.
Reversing Valve Solenoid Coil
Part No.
Description
2510-4-10A1
R/V Solenoid Coil - 240VAC Lead Wire
2510-4-10A4
R/V Solenoid Coil - 24VAC Lead Wire
2510-4-10E1
R/V Solenoid Coil - 240VAC Spade Connector
2510-4-10E4
R/V Solenoid Coil - 24VAC Spade Connector
9220000
Coil - Ranco - 24VDC - 4-series
9220002
Coil - Ranco - 240VAC - 4-series
Ranco Reversing Valves
54
Operating Diff. Pressure
(MPa)
Disch.
Style
Disch.
Position
2.59
Straight
Centre
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
7/8
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
1/2
7/8
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
3/4
7/8
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
7/8
1-1/8
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
Part No.
Cap.
(kW)
Refrig.
Disch.
ID
Suction
ID
Min
Max
V2-408064-2IL
7
R410A
3/8
1/2
0.1
V3-410084-7IL
11
R410A
1/2
5/8
V6-412084-1IL
21
R410A
1/2
3/4
V6-414084-1IL
21
R410A
1/2
V10-414084-2IL
35
R410A
V10-414124-2IL
35
R410A
V10-418144-2IL
35
R410A
V12-4220T4-1IL
42
R410A
1 1/8
1 3/8
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
V12-4220T20-2IL
42
R410A
1 1/8
1 3/8
0.1
2.59
Straight
Centre
www.heldon.com.au
Reversing Valves
Nominal capacity kW based on 40oC condensing temperature, 5oC evaporator temperature, 15 kPa pressure differential across
suction port for refrigerant R22.
Heldon
MOISTURE INDICATORS
Introduction
Liquid Moisture Indicators are used in refrigeration and air
conditioning systems as a means of visually checking refrigerant
quality and quantity.
This moisture indicator is particularly important with HFC
refrigerants using POE oil due to the hygroscopic nature of the
POE oil. The combination of HFC refrigerants and the potential
moisture present in the POE oil can result in the formation of
undesirable acids and alcohol which can be detrimental to the
refrigeration and air-conditioning system. They are also ideally
suited for installation in the oil return line between the oil
separator and the compressor.
The Henry moisture indicator features a hermetically sealed
glass, a large diameter viewing window and highly visible moisture
indicator.
The Henry moisture indicator is machined from forged brass and
the glass is hermetically sealed into the housing incorporating
a double seal design to provide a superior seal on the glass and
a longer service life.
Suitable for liquid, suction and oil lines with all fluorinated
refrigerants and oils up to 4,200 kPa Safe Working Pressure.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Solid forged brass construction.
Solid copper extended connections. (Solder version)
Suitable for all refrigerants up to 4,200 kPa (not NH3).
Large sight glass and indicator.
Working range -40oC to 85oC .
Negligible lost in system efficiency.
Strong stable platform.
Easy installation and soldering.
Compatible with most fluorinated refrigerants and oils.
Better viewing angle and clarity.
Suitable for a wide range of applications.
Quick identification of flow and liquid quantity.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
www.heldon.com.au
55
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Male SAE to Male SAE
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection
Lay-In Length
A
B
Weight
(kg)
650-0404H
1/4 MSAE x 1/4 MSAE
72
27
0.55
650-0606H
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 MSAE
76
27
0.18
650-0808H
1/2 MSAE x 1/2 MSAE
83
34
0.23
650-1010H
5/8 MSAE x 5/8 MSAE
88
34
0.24
650H Series
Female Solder with Extended Copper Tails
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection
Weight
(kg)
Lay-In Length
A
B
665-0404H
1/4 ID x 1/4 ID
extended tails
85
27
0.17
665-0606H
3/8 ID x 3/8 ID
extended tails
99
27
0.18
665-0808H
1/2 ID x 1/2 ID
extended tails
122
27
0.18
665-1010H
5/8 ID x 5/8 ID
extended tails
116
33
0.24
665-1212H
3/4 ID x 3/4 ID
extended tails
141
33
0.26
665H Series
Male SAE to Female SAE
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection
Lay-In Length
A
B
Weight
(kg)
655-0404H
1/4 MSAE x 1/4 FSAE
61
27
0.55
655-0606H
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 FSAE
76
33
0.18
655-0808H
1/2 MSAE x 1/2 FSAE
72
33
0.23
655 Series
56
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Male SAE to Female SAE
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection
Lay-In Length
A
B
Weight
(kg)
658-0404H
1/4 MSAE x 1/4 F/Swivel
77
27
0.17
658-0606H
3/8 MSAE x 3/8 F/Swivel
82
27
0.20
658-0808H
1/2 MSAE x 1/2 F/Swivel
88
33
0.25
658-1010H
5/8 MSAE x 5/8 F/Swivel
94
33
0.26
658 Series
Male SAE to Female SAE
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection
Lay-In Length
A
B
Weight
(kg)
659-0404H
1/4 ID SOLDER x 1/4
F/Swivel
82
27
0.17
659-0606H
3/8 ID SOLDER x 3/8
F/Swivel
94
27
0.20
659-0808H
1/2 ID SOLDER x 1/2
F/Swivel
107
27
0.20
659-1010H
5/8 ID SOLDER x 5/8
F/Swivel
108
33
0.25
659 Series
Female Solder Single Port
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Part No.
Connection
Lay-In Length
A
B
670-1414
7/8 ID Solder
122
24
0.22
670-1818
1 1/8 ID Solder
114
24
0.29
670-2222
1 3/8 ID Solder
151
24
0.49
670-2626
1 5/8 ID Solder
145
24
0.51
670-3434
2 1/8 ID Solder
132
24
0.74
670 Series
www.heldon.com.au
57
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Female Solder Dual Port
DImensions
Part No.
Connection
Lay-In Length
A
B
Weight
(kg)
675-1414
7/8 ID Solder
122
72
0.41
675-1818
1 1/8 ID Solder
114
78
0.44
675-2222
1 3/8 ID Solder
151
84
0.50
675-2626
1 5/8 ID Solder
145
91
0.88
675-3434
2 1/8 ID Solder
132
104
0.65
675 Series
Moisture Content vs Colour Change
Dry (Green)
Caution (Light Green)
Wet (Yellow)
Indication (ppm of water)
Liquid Temperature (oC)
25
40
50
25
40
50
25
40
50
R12
<5
<5
<5
5-25
5-40
5-70
>25
>40
>70
R134a (<20)
<35
<60
20-130
35-160
60-200
>130
>160
>200
-
R22
<25
<35
<50
25-145
35-200
50-290
>145
>200
>290
R407C(<25)
<40
<60
25-150
40-230
60-360
>150
>230
>360
-
58
R410A(<30)
<60
<75
30-170
60-280
75-420
>170
>280
>420
R404A/507 (<15)
<25
<45
15-120
25-150
45-180
>120
>150
>180
-
R502
<5
<5
<10
5-50
5-90
10-150
>50
>90
>150
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
ROTALOCK SIGHT GLASSES
Introduction
Sight Glasses are used throughout the refrigeration and airconditioning industry as an easy means of visually checking
the levels of liquid refrigerant and compressor oil in a system.
Typically located on liquid receivers, suction accumulators, surge
drums, liquid level columns and oil management systems, sight
glasses provide a quick and easy means of determining the
operating status of the system and its liquid levels.
Heldon is excited to announce the newest addition to their ever
expanding range: Rotalock Sight Glasses.
In what will prove to be another step forward in the area of
monitoring and serviceability for the industry, Heldon offer the
convenience of a Sight Glass with the superior seal tight locking
joint of a rotalock fitting.
A industry favourite, the rotalock utilises a connection that
consists of both a male & female component, that when joined
compress a sacrificial teflon washer. By compressing this teflon
washer, a seal is created that can maintain its integrity regardless
of large changes in temperature and constant system vibration.
Features
Benefits
1. A nickel plated steel body with a range of fused glass
viewing lenses ensure excellent visibility for the operator.
1. Nickel plating for outstanding corrosion resistance. Rugged
fused glass can withstand the toughest conditons. Choose
the lens to best suit your application.
2. Rotalock fittings provides enhanced sealing capability and
less chance of leakage. Rugged UNF thread ensures the
nut hangs on tight.
3. Easy installation with no special tooling required.
2. Sight Glass available with either 1 1/4” or 2 1/4” Rotalock
nut. Combined with a dedicated teflon washer, this
assembly provides a superior seal tight locking joint.
3. Simple 3 piece design incorporates a locking nut, glass
lens assembly and “Quad-Ring” teflon washer.
4. Four different styles available: Clear lens/Dimple lens/
Frost Shield/Clear lens with Ball Float (on 1 1/4” only).
5. The Rotalock Sight Glass range is suitable for all fluorinated
refrigerants and their oils.
4. A glass lens option to suit every need that is supplied ready
for installation.
5. The Rotalock Sight Glass is perfectly suited for use in
today’s industry.
Installation
When installing a Rotalock Sight Glass please observe the
following precautions:
• The Rotalock Sight Glass is best positioned in an accessible
location away from possible traffic and harm.
• Visually check parts before installation, for any signs of
apparent damage.
• Make sure parts are clean and free of debris.
• A compatible male threaded spigot is required to be in place
on the refrigeration plant.
• Carefully fit new Quad-Ring teflon washer into the
rotalock spigots face grove. Lubricate the teflon washer
with clean refrigeration oil.
• The refrigeration system must be pumped down or all
refrigerant recovered before installation is to occur. If sight
glasses are to be installed as part of an oil management
system, oil must be isolated and equipment free of pressure
before commencing work.
• Assemble sight glass and thread on rotalock nut finger
tight. Tension to the recommended torque setting
specified. Note that over-tensioning a Rotalock Sight
Glass can result in fracturing the glass lens and so
void warranty.
• Carefully remove assembly from packaging.
• Before putting into service, thoroughly leak test the
complete assembly under pressure.
www.heldon.com.au
59
Heldon
Caution
Specifications
Only competent, trained refrigeration mechanics should install
or service Rotalock Sight Glasses. The stated pressure and
temperature limits should never be exceeded. Sight Glass
lenses should be inspected routinely and replaced if damaged.
Escaping refrigerant is hazardous to both the environment and
to your health.
- Operating temperature range of -40oC to 85oC
- Safe Working Pressure: 5,200 kPa
- Burst Test Pressure: 26 MPa
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS/NZS 1677.2
Dimensions and Capacities
Weight
(kg)
Description
Rotalock
Connect.
647-2020-1
R/L Sight Glass - Dimpled
1 1/4" - 12 UNF
647-2020-2
R/L Sight Glass - with Ball Float
647-2020-3
R/L Sight Glass - Flat
647-2020-4
R/L Sight Glass - Frost Shield
1 1/4" - 12 UNF
35
25
17
35
16
0.135
647-3636-1
R/L Sight Glass -Frost Shield
2 1/4" - 12 UNF
65
31
38
46
25
0.454
647-3636-2
R/L Sight Glass - Dimpled
2 1/4" - 12 UNF
65
21
38
37
25
0.401
647-2020-1
647-2020-3
60
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Nut Size
A
Lens Size
B
Lens Dia.
C
E
D
35
11
19
20
16
1 1/4" - 12 UNF
35
20
19
20
16
0.086
1 1/4" - 12 UNF
35
11
19
29
16
0.072
Sight Glass Frost Shield
647-2020-2
www.heldon.com.au
0.072
Heldon
Part Number Structure and Nomenclature
To demonstrate Heldon nomenclature, a typical part number would read #647-2020-1. The following table will explain further:
Nomenclature
Series Number
Glass Body Size
Rotalock Connection Size
Glass Type
i.e. 647-XXXX-X
i.e 647-20XX-X
i.e 647-XX20-X
i.e 647 - XX20-1 or 2 or 3 or 4
i.e 647-36XX-X
i.e 647-XX36-X
i.e 647 - XX36-1 or 2
20 = 1 1/4" OD Body
20 = 1 1/4" - 12 UNF
36 = 2 1/4" OD Body
36 = 2 1/4" - 12 UNF
647 = Rotalock Sight Glass
20-1 = Bulls eye with frost shield
20-2 = Plain with Ball Float
20-3 = Plain
20-4 = Plain with frost shield
36-1 = Plain
36-2 = Bulls eye
Quad Ring Teflon Washer
Part No.
Size
800-26XX-20
1 1/4" Sight Glass
800-26XX-36
2 1/4" Sight Glass
Heldon Reccommended Rotalock Sight Glass Torque Settings
Rotalock Stub Size
Torque Setting (N.m)
Rotalock 1 1/4" - 12 UNF
120-135
Rotalock 2 1/4" - 12 UNF
165-190
Please note that all torque settings must be adhered to as over tensioning the nut could
result in fracturing the glass lens.
www.heldon.com.au
61
Heldon
SIGHT GLASSES
Introduction
Ideal for the visual inspection of liquid refrigerant or oil levels,
Heldon now offer a complete range of plated steel bodies, MNPT
threaded, Sight Glasses with built-in fused lense. Suitable for a
wide variety of pressure vessel applications, these sturdy items
are suited for most refrigerants and oils.
Applications
Sight glasses are used in refrigeration and air conditioning
systems for both liquid refrigerant and oil applications.
The SG-12 series sight glasses are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
The SG -10 and SG -11 series sight glasses are suitable for HCFC,
FC and ammonia refrigerants, along with their oils.
Features
Benefits
1. Three sight glass lens options - Reflex, Clear and Clear with
float ball.
2. Hermetically sealed fused glass construction.
3. Plated Steel body.
1. Provides flexiblity of application.
2. Avoids potential leakage path.
3. Corrosion resistant.
Technical Specifications
1. Clear Lens
2. Clear Lens
with
flaoting ball
3. Reflex Lens
4. Thread size
Safe Working Pressure = 3,450 kPa
SG-10 and SG-11 Series:
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 160oC
SG-12 Series:
Allowable Operating Temperature= -40oC to 90oC
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured to UL207
Part No.
Dimensions (mm)
Clear
Reflex
Clear W/Ball
Thread Size
NPT
A Hex
Length B
Dim. C
Weight
(kg)
SG-1004
SG-1104
SG-1204
1/2
23.9
24.3
14.3
0.03
SG-1006
SG-1106
SG-1206
3/4
28.4
26.9
19.1
0.06
SG-1008
SG-1108
SG-1208
1
35.1
33.6
23.8
0.12
SG-1010
SG-1110
SG-1210
1 1/4
44.5
35
30.2
0.20
SG-1012
SG-1112
SG-1212
1 1/2
50.8
35.9
33.4
0.29
SG-1016
SG-1116
SG-1216
2
63.5
36.1
41.4
0.46
SG-12 series is not suitable for use with ammonia
CAUTION: Overtightening should be avoided to prevent sight glass cracking
62
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
LIQUID INDICATORS
Introduction
Liquid Indicators are ideal for the visual inspection of refrigerant
or oil levels. Heldon offer a new range of plated steel and ductile
iron liquid indicators suitable for use with ammonia. Perfect for
a wide variety of applications including pressure vessels.
LI-50 series
The LI-50 series incorporating a Bulls-Eye with reflex lens. These
pieces have the ability to indicate the actual level of a liquid without
requiring the installation of a second indicator for light admission.
Their reflex lens configuration appears dark in the presence of
liquid and light when liquid is absent.
LI-50 series
Also, to properly view systems internal liquid levels under frosting
conditions or when insulation material is present, a Frost Shield
option is available. Easily press fitted in front of the Bulls-Eye,
this clear perspex cylinder aids clarity of vision for the operator.
LI48 series
The LI48 series is an inline Liquid Indicator featuring double port
glass viewing windows. Constructed from plated ductile iron and
steel these pieces are recommended for use as a sight glass for
oil, gas or liquid ammonia.
LI48 series
Features (LI-50 series)
Benefits
1. Bulls-Eye with reflex lens.
2. Removable top of hermetically sealed fused glass
construction.
3. Plated steel construction; weld type housing ASME SA36
(ASTM A36)
4. Frost Shield option available.
1. Provides clear view of systems internal liquid levels.
2. Avoids potential leakage path.
3. The housing is designed to be permanently welded into the
pressure vessel.
4. Allows clear viewing of liquid levels under frosting
conditions or when insulation material is present.
Features (LI48 series)
Benefits
1. Double Port glass viewing windows.
2. Plated ductile iron and steel construction.
3. Fused glass viewing windows.
1. Easy visual inspection.
2. Designed for long life.
3. Avoids potential leak paths.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured to accepted International Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
Maximum Working Pressure:
4,820 kPa (LI-50 series) (700 psi)
3,510 kPa (LI48 series)
Allowable Operating Temperature:
-40OC to 121OC (LI-50 series)
-29OC to 121OC (LI-48 series)
www.heldon.com.au
63
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
<
=
9
8
;
;
A
7
LI-50 series
8
<
G
9
9
:
D
;
;
>
@
?
?
H
@
I
A
B
B
J
C
K
L
D
M
C
E
F
N
;
;
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Item
Size & Type
Connection
A
B
Weight
(kg)
LI-50-2W
Reflex Lens
Weld
69.9
19.1
0.68
LI-50-4W
Reflex Lens
Weld
114.3
63.5
0.91
Part No.
Item
Use to Temperature
Dimension C (mm)
FS-2-1/2
Frost Shield
-29oC
63.5
0.11
LI48 series
64
D
Part No.
Connection Size
(Inch)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
LI48A-1/2
1/2 FNPT
76.2
38.1
95.3
47.8
LI48A-3/4
3/4 FNPT
76.2
38.1
95.3
47.8
LI48A-1
1 FNPT
76.2
38.1
95.3
47.8
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
VIBRATION ELIMINATORS
Introduction
V-Series
The function of a Vibration Eliminator is to absorb compressor
vibration. By installing a vibration eliminator, the risk of damage
to system equipment and pipework is reduced.
The Vibration Eliminator is constructed of a deep pitch corrugated
stainless steel hose covered with a stainless steel braid. The hose
and braid are reinforced by stainless steel ferrules at each end
and are connected to copper tube ends for the V series by a high
temperature braze alloy or are TIG welded to stainless steel tube
ends for the VS series.
A vibration eliminator are suited for installation in both the suction
and discharge lines of refrigerants and air-conditioning systems.
VS-Series
Vibration eliminators are suitable for HCFC, HFC and CO2
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
Note: Heldon 1400 series Vibration Eliminators have been
replaced by the Henry V-Series.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Proven design.
Large hose ID.
Stainless steel hose and braid.
Stainless steel ferrules.
Helium leak tested.
CE marked and UL listed (V series only).
VS Series constructed entirely of stainless steel.
Features VS Series rated to 60 bar MWP up to 1/3/8" I.D.
Long life guaranteed.
Minimal pressure drop.
Corrosion resistant.
Providing superior strength.
Known to be leak proof.
Fully tested to recognised international standards.
No need to wet rag the VS series during installation.
Ideal for CO2 (subcritical) applications.
Installation – Main issues
Take special care to install vibration eliminators horizontally
when used in suction lines or where operating temperatures
are below freezing point. Condensation may form on the outside
of the unit and if installed vertically this may accumulate in the
lower braid collar. In subsequent freezing this may deform and
destroy the unit. If vertical installation is the only option, or indeed
if condensation is possible with horizontal mounting, the entire
flexible section, ferrules and braided hose, must be covered with
a watertight synthetic material e.g. a heat shrinkable PVC sleeve.
The ferrule and start of braid must be wet-ragged for brazing
when installing the V series to prevent overheating and
subsequent damage.
The V Series
Each unit is constructed of a deep pitch corrugated hose covered
with a stainless steel braid. The hose and braid are reinforced
by ferrules at each end and connected to copper tube ends by a
high temperature braze alloy.
The VS Series
The VS Series is based on the proven design of the V series with a
few modifications. The VS series is constructed entirely of stainless
steel and all joints are TIG welded. Consequently there is no need to
wet-rag the product during the installation process. The maximum
working pressures are higher, as detailed in the table.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured to CE and UL classifications
Safe Working Pressure: As per table
Allowable Operating Temperature: -40OC to 120OC
www.heldon.com.au
65
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Part No.
Connection
Size ID
(Inch)
Dimensions
MWP (kPa)
A
B
Hose Internal
Dia.
3/8
215
18
10
4480
6000
0.14
VS-1/2
1/2
225
18
13
4480
6000
0.15
VS-5/8
5/8
247
20
16
4480
6000
0.21
VS-3/4
3/4
266
23
19
4480
6000
0.32
V Series
VS Series
V-3/8
VS-3/8
V-1/2
V-5/8
V-3/4
V Series
VS Series
Weight
(kg)
V-7/8
VS-7/8
7/8
301
25
23
4480
6000
0.31
V-1-1/8
VS-1-1/8
1 1/8
329
32
29
4130
6000
0.42
V-1-3/8
VS-1-3/8
1 3/8
392
35
35
3790
6000
0.66
V-1-5/8
VS-1-5/8
1 5/8
425
40
42
3510
6000
0.98
V-2-1/8
-
2 1/8
520
50
55
2750
-
1.46
V-2-5/8
-
2 5/8
613
60
67
2410
-
2.60
V-3-1/8
-
3 1/8
680
70
80
2200
-
3.60
Single system
Double system
1 Compressor
2 Vibration eliminator
3 Secure to solid member
4 Horizontal motion
5 Vertical motion
66
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
DISCHARGE MUFFLERS
Introduction
The function of a Discharge Muffler is to reduce noise in the
discharge line of a refrigeration or air-conditioning system.
Mufflers have internal baffles designed for minimum pressure
drop. These baffles change the velocity of the discharge gases
passing through the muffler. This results in a dampening effect
on high frequency sound waves on high speed compressors.
Pulsating waves are also muffled in both low speed and high
speed compressors.
The muffler is designed to be installed directly after the
compressor. They are sized to the discharge line of the compressor.
S-6XXX Series
The product range is designed for use with HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
Note: Henry S-6 Series Discharge Mufflers is replacing Heldon
3400 Series.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Robust design.
Bi-directional flow.
Special baffle design.
Manufactured and tested to relevant pressure vessel codes.
Powder coated finish.
Oil drain passage.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Guaranteed long life.
Flexibility of installation.
Cuts out the harmonic pulse.
Quality and verified vessel integrity.
Exceeds 500 hour salt spray tests.
No oil collection when installed in the correct orientation.
Installation - Main Issues
1.
Install the mufflers as close as possible to the compresso
and before the oil separator.
2.
When mounted in a horizontal or angled position, the
connectors should always be installed in the low position
to help prevent oil collection inside the muffler. Oil inside
the muffler will reduce the performance along with causing
a loss of oil in the compressor crankcase. Positioning the
muffler at a slight angle so that the outlet port is below the
inlet will also help prevent oil collection. Mufflers that are
mounted vertically will not coil oil.
3.
vibration. The muffler should be supported at each side to
prevent discharge pipe vibration, due to the weight of the
muffler.
4.
Mufflers will only remove noise due to discharge gas
pulsations. If the noise is due to vibration, vibration
elimintators should be added to the discharge line and
possibly the suction line.
5.
A single muffler may be installed on a common discharge
line. However, some customers prefer to install one muffler
per compressor on parallel racks.
A vibration eliminator should be installed between the
compressor and the muffler to prevent transmitted
Materials of Construction
Technical Specification
The main body and internal baffles are made from carbon steel.
The connections are made from plated carbon steel.
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,100 kPa
O
O
Allowable Operating Temperature = 0 C to 120 C (1/2 to 7/8 ID)
O
O
Allowable Operating Temperature = -15 C to 120 C (1-1/8 to 3-1/8 ID)
www.heldon.com.au
67
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Dimensions (mm)
Part No.
Connection Size
(Inch)
A
B
C
Weight
(kg)
S-6304
1/2
76
197
19
1.06
S-6305
5/8
76
197
19
1.08
S-6307
7/8
76
246
11
1.25
S-6311
1 1/8
76
246
11
1.32
S-6404
1/2
102
171
24
1.62
S-6405
5/8
102
171
24
1.62
S-6406
3/4
102
178
24
1.62
S-6407
7/8
102
178
24
1.62
S-6411
1 1/8
102
324
24
2.30
S-6413
1 3/8
102
349
24
2.62
S-6415
1 5/8
102
464
19
3.35
S-6621
2 1/8
152
533
32
8.20
S-6625
2 5/8
152
533
25
9.00
S-6631
3 1/8
152
568
19
9.00
Discharge Muffler
Heldon vs Henry Cross Reference
Henry
68
Heldon Old
Connection Size (Inch)
N/A
3400-3206
3/8
S-6304
3400-3208
1/2
S-6305
3400-3210
5/8
N/A
3400-3212
3/4
S-6307
3400-4814
7/8
S-6311
3400-4818
1 1/8
S-6413
3400-6422
1 3/8
S-6415
3400-6426
1 5/8
S-6621
3400-9634
2 1/8
S-6625
3400-9642
2 5/8
S-6631
3400-9650
3 1/8
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
LIQUID RECEIVERS
Introduction
Liquid Receivers collect the condensed liquid refrigerant exiting
the condenser. Their internal volume allows them to store this
refrigerant during fluctuating load conditions. Sized correctly
they can store the entire refrigerant charge of a system during
pump down. A pickup tube at the vessels outlet guarantees that
a liquid seal is established ensuring only liquid refrigerant enters
the liquid line.
Heldon manufacture a wide range of Liquid Receivers in both
Vertical and Horizontal configurations. A Standard range of
Vertical Receivers is available from 1.4 litres through to 14.5 litres.
Larger Vertical or Horizontal configurations up to 250 litres in
volume can be manufactured to suit individual customer needs,
all with short lead times.
Built to either AS 1210 or AS 2971standards, Heldon’s
manufacturing plant has the capability to produce pressure
vessels with shell diameters ranging from 100mm through to
508mm. Suitable for use with all current refrigerants, vessels can
be specifically made to suit R410A, CO2 or Ammonia applications.
Made to order receivers can be fitted with a range of service
valves, sight glass combinations, liquid level sensors and pressure
relief valve access ports. Custom bracketery to suit customer
specifications is also available.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Designed for Maximum Flow & Minimum Pressure Drop.
Manufactured & Tested to all relevant pressure vessel codes
In stock or short lead times for manufacture.
MTO Shell Diameters available: 100mm, 114mm, 165mm,
219mm 273mm, 323mm, 357mm, 406mm, 457mm and
508mm.
Large vessels can feature Full Flow Rotalock Valves with
copper tails up to 1-5/8 ID.
Cast Iron Service Valves with 1-5/8 or 2-1/8 ID Flange
sweat connections available.
Copper or Steel Pickup Tubes available in diameters of:
1/2, 3/4, 1-3/8 & 1-5/8 inches.
3/8 or 1/2 NPT Couplings available on larger vessels.
9. Rotalock Sight Glasses or 2-1/4 Liquid Indicators can be
specified on larger vessels.
10. Custom bracketery available for larger vessels.
11. Standard Operating Pressure’s available for Heldon Liquid
Receivers can be up to 4,800 kPa.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Verified vessel integrity and quality.
Availability or quick turn-around guaranteed.
Vessels can be made to suit your specific application.
5. Offers flexibility of choice.
6. Heavy Duty Service Valves for the toughest conditions.
7. Custom made to your specifications.
8. Liquid Level Alarms & Pressure Relief Valves can be
installed easily.
9. Visual inspection of liquid level provides valuable
information of plant performance.
10. Liquid Receiver can become the platform for system
auxiliaries.
11. Suitable for use with a wide range of refrigerants.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 1210 or AS2971.
Safe Working Pressure: 3,200 kPa or higher is available on request.
www.heldon.com.au
69
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Standard Vertical Liquid Receivers
Part No.
Conn.
Inlet
(Inches)
Conn.
Inlet
Position
Conn.
Outlet
Inches
Conn.
Outlet
Position
Overall
Height
(mm)
A
Dia.
(mm)
B
Inlet
Height
(mm)
C
Outlet
Height
(mm)
D
Volume
(litres)
Weight
(kg)
Design
Pressure
(kPa)
3310-064014
1/4 ID copper tail
Side
To suit 3/4"
R/L nut
Top
200
100
170
N/A
1.4
1.10
3200
3310-064724
3/8 ID copper tail
Side
To suit 3/4"
R/L nut
Side
249
120
195
195
2.4
2.30
3200
3310-084724
3/8 ID copper tail
Side
To suit 3/4"
R/L nut
Top
249
120
195
N/A
2.4
2.30
3200
3310-105544
1/2 ID copper tail
Side
To suit 3/4"
R/L nut
Side
337
140
272
207
4.4
3.30
3200
3310-167082
To suit 1 R/L nut
Side
To suit 1" R/L
nut
Side
396
180
317
317
8.2
6.10
3200
3310-1670109
To suit 1 R/L nut
Side
To suit 1" R/L
nut
Side
509
180
430
430
10.9
7.20
3200
3310-1686145
To suit 1 R/L nut
Side
To suit 1" R/L
nut
Side
430
219
344
95
14.5
10.30
3200
70
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Large Vertical Liquid Receivers
Part No.
Volume
(litres)
Pump Down*
Capacity (kg)
Design
Pressure
(kPa)
Valve Style
Overall Height
(mm)
A
Dia.
(mm )
B
Standard
HVR-003
79
64
3000
Comp. Valve - 1 5/8
324
1143
AS1210.3
HVR-016
100
81
3000
Comp. Valve - 2 1/8
356
1186
AS1210.3
HVR-001
108
87
2800
RL - 1 3/8 ID 1 3/4 Con.
324
1692
AS1210.3
HVR-008
117
95
3000
Comp. Valve - 1 5/8
356
1377
AS1210.3
HVR-017
128
103
3000
Comp. Valve - 2 1/8
356
1481
AS1210.3
HVR-011
160
129
3000
Comp. Valve - 1 5/8
406
1481
AS1210.3
HVR-012
160
129
3000
Comp.Valve - 2 1/8
406
1481
AS1210.3
HVR-009
167
135
3200
Comp. Valve - 2 1/8
406
1481
AS1210.3
HVR-014
212
171
3000
Comp. Valve - 2 1/8
457
1567
AS1210.3
*At 80% full @ 32oC R404A
Large Horizontal Liquid Receivers
Part No.
Volume
(litres)
Pump Down*
Capacity
(kg)
Design
Pressure
(kPa)
Valve Style
Overall Height
(mm)
A
Dia.
(mm )
B
Standard
HHR-018
42
34
3200
RL - 3/4 ID x 1 1/4 Con.
1264
219
AS1210.3
HHR-014
70
57
2800
RL - 1 3/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con.
1393
273
AS1210.3
HHR-012
105
85
3000
RL - 1 5/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con.
976
406
AS1210.3
HHR-002
108
87
2800
RL - 1 3/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con.
1516
324
AS1210.3
AS1210.3
HHR-011
135
109
3000
Comp. Valve - 2 1/8
1565
356
HHR-008
150
121
3000
RL - 1 3/8 ID x 1 3/4 Con.
1270
406
AS1210.3
HHR-007
163
132
3000
Comp.Valve - 2 1/8
1465
406
AS1210.3
HHR-016
221
179
3200
Comp.Valve - 2 1/8
1465
457
AS1210.3
*At 80% full @ 32oC R404A
Note: RL = Full Flow Rotalock Service Valve
Comp. Valve = Cast Iron Service Valve
www.heldon.com.au
71
Heldon
SUCTION ACCUMULATORS
Introduction
The refrigeration compressor is designed to compress vapour
only. A suction line accumulator prevents compressor damage
from a sudden surge of liquid refrigerant and oil which could
enter the compressor from the suction line. The suction
line accumulator is a temporary reservoir for this mixture,
designed to meter both the liquid refrigerant and oil back to the
compressor at an acceptable rate. This prevents damage to the
reed valves, pistons, rods, and crank shafts.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Optimised metering device orifice for maximum mass flow.
A 30 mesh screen fitted to the orifice of the metering device.
U-tube inlet positioned is separated from the vessel inlet.
Stamped inlet position.
Powder coated finish.
Technical Specification
Accumulator Selection
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971, AS 1210 or UL207
Selection of a suction accumulator should be made based on
the following:
Standard Suction Accumulators
Safe Working Pressure: 2,500 kPa
Minimum Burst Pressure: 12,500 kPa
1. The accumulator should have an adequate liquid holding capacity, which can vary with the system. Normally this should not be
less than 50% of the system charge (for TXV systems).
SA-7 Series Suction Accumulators
Safe Working Pressure: 3,100 kPa
Minimum Burst Pressure: 15,500 kPa
Pressure Valves
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Positive oil return with controlled liquid injection
Reduced chance of orifice blocking.
Reduced risk of high velocity liquid carry over.
Ensures correct installation orientation.
Exceeds 500 hours ASTM salt spray tests.
2. The system designer must ensure that the refrigeration capacity
is within the capacity of the suction accumulator.
The Design Temperature range of all suction accumulators is
-30oC to 50oC. Copper tubing and fittings in accordance with AS
1571-1995 or ASTM B28. Vessel Classification (As 2971) is Class
2 Tier 1. Contents Hazard level: Non-Harmful.
Note: Heldon Suction Accumulators have the inlet connector
clearly identified to avoid incorrect installation. If connected in
the wrong orientation oil and/or liquid refrigerant will become
trapped inside the accumulator resulting in catastrophic
compressor failure from oil starvation to the compressor or
slugging back to the compressor.
72
Accumulator Location
Position the suction accumulator between the evaporator and the
compressor. Installing at the same level of the compressor and
as close to the compressor as possible will ensure the shortest
pipe run between the outlet of the suction accumulator and the
compressor service valve.
Effects Of Liquid “Slugging” On A Compressor
Liquid slugging occurs when a sudden surge of liquid refrigerant
(or oil) is allowed to return to the compressor from the suction line.
If this sudden surge of liquid enters the compressor this could
result in damage to the reed valves, pistons, rods, and crank shafts
resulting in compressor failure.
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
New Refrigerants
Table 1.
New generation refrigerants & oils can be immiscible at lower
temperatures and can actually separate into layers in the base
of an accumulator. The Heldon suction accumulator provides
active mixing through a combination of inlet flow direction, outlet
U-tube positioning and dedicated metering device location.
Approximate Effect of Gas Line Pressure Drops on R-22
Compressor Capacity and Power *
Line Loss, K
Suction Line
Capacity %
Energy % **
Field Replacement
0
100
100
Heldon recommends to replace an accumulator after a
compressor failure. System contaminants and "old" oil inside the
vessel can significantly reduce the life span of the replacement
compressor.
1
96.8
104.3
2
93.6
107.3
Effects of Pressure drop on system capacity on suction lines:
When sizing piping and components for refrigeration systems,
there is a balance between costs imposed for larger piping and
components, versus efficiency considerations due to pressure
drop and oil entrainment.
Pressure drop in suction linesv can cause a dramatic reduction
in system capacity as Table 1 demonstrates.
* For an evaporating temperature of 5oC
and 40oC condensing
** Energy rated @ kW power/kW cooling effect
Recommended system practices for Halocarbon refrigerants
according to the ASHRAE Handbook R02 – Refrigeration, takes
into consideration economic factors such as costs of materials and
system efficiency. Pressure drop calculations for each segment
of the system are based on change in saturation temperature of
the refrigerant in suction lines the total drop should be limited to
1 K in equivalent pressure loss.
Description
Suction line accumulators are installed in air conditioning and
refrigeration systems where a sudden return of liquid down the
suction line is possible. They are installed immediately before
the compressor.
The suction accumulator is designed to allow only refrigerant
vapour to return to the compressor. This is achieved by utilising
a U-tube design incorporated in the outlet of the vessel.
This design allows vapour to be drawn off even when the
accumulator is almost completely full of liquid refrigerant.
Provision for pressure relief valve.
Specific models only.
Outlet
Balance
Hole
Intlet
Deflector
Plate
A screened orifice fitted to the lowest point of the U-tube allows
any liquid (oil or refrigerant) to be metered back into vapour
suspension to be returned safely to the compressor.
A vent hole positioned at the top of the U-tube prevents a flooded
accumulator from "slugging" at system start-up. Flooding of the
suction accumulator can occur during the off-cycle. Improved
system balance can also be achieved with the installation of a
correctly selected suction accumulator.
The suction accumulator also act as a storage vessel for any
liquid refrigerant returning from the evaporator as a result
of condenser or evaporator load variations as well as provide
protection from liquid migration to the compressor during its
off-cycle.
Screened Orifice
The Heldon and Henry suction accumulators come in a range
of refrigeration capacities, holding volumes and connection
sizes. The range is suitable for all popular refrigerants including
R410A and CO2.
www.heldon.com.au
73
Heldon
A Worked Example
The standard range of Accumulators have been sized to ensure
no more than a 1/2 K temperature loss across them when they
are within the Max kW ratings as called out on the table. In order
to select the correct model the following conditions should be
established:
Determine the Evaporating Temperature (°C)
Type of Refrigerant used (e.g. R404A)
The total cooling load (kW)
Trapping Capacity (kg) of Refrigerant at -15OC
Data from the following chart may then be used to select:
kW of Refrigeration (Max)
Henry
Part No.
Connection
Size ID
(Inch)
Trapping
Capacity
(kg)
-10C
-5C
0C
-40C
-20C
-5C
-40C
-20C
-5C
-20C
-5C
5C
SA-7044
1/2
0.9
2.2
2.6
3.2
1.0
2.3
4.1
1.1
2.6
4.4
2.3
4.1
6.0
SA-7045
5/8
0.9
4.1
5.0
6.1
1.8
4.4
7.9
2.1
5.0
8.5
4.3
7.9
11.3
SA-7045S
5/8
1.53
4.1
5.0
6.1
1.8
4.4
7.9
2.1
5.0
8.5
4.3
7.9
11.3
SA-7046
3/4
1.53
11.8
14.3
17.2
4.0
9.4
16.2
6.5
14.5
24.1
7.9
16.7
23.4
SA-7056
3/4
2.17
11.8
14.3
17.2
4.0
9.4
16.2
6.5
14.5
24.1
7.9
16.7
23.4
SA-7057S
7/8
2.17
12.6
15.5
18.8
5.5
13.6
24.0
6.5
15.2
26.1
13.3
24.2
34.7
SA-7057
7/8
3.4
12.6
15.5
18.8
5.5
13.6
24.0
6.5
15.2
26.1
13.3
24.2
37.7
SA-7051
1 1/8
4.3
25.0
30.5
37.1
11.0
26.8
47.5
13.0
30.2
51.5
26.3
47.8
68.3
SA-7053
1 3/8
4.3
45.8
56.0
69.5
20.1
32.1
86.8
23.8
55.5
94.5
48.3
87.5
125.0
SA-7065
1 5/8
10
76.0
93.0
113.0
33.4
81.5
143.6
39.7
92.3
160.0
80.0
145.1
206.8
R134a
R404A/R507
R22
R407C
Example:
kW of Refrigeration (Max)
R404A/R507
New Henry
SA-7 Series
Part No.
Trapping
Capacity
(kg)
-40oC
-20oC
-5oC
SA-7057
3.4
5.5
13.6
24.0
SA-7051
4.3
11.0
26.8
47.5
SA-7053
4.3
20.1
32.1
86.8
Selection made
For an R404A system at 30 kW duty, evaporating at -5OC and
condensing at 40OC, follow the data for R404A/R507, select
the nearest higher capacity for the system, in this case 47.5
kW.
2.
Next read across to the model designation for ordering
information. Ensure that the model selected has enough
trapping capacity to hold 50% of the total system charge. In
the selected model’s case this will be 4.3 kg. This implies
that the total system charge will be 8.6 kg.
74
Too High
Refrigeration Capacity
How to Read the Table
1.
Evaporating Temp.
Too Low
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Heldon Nomenclature
3100 - XX XX XX _
Series Number
Suction Accumulators
P = Parker Replacement
A = Alco Replacement
ID Connection Size
08 = 1/2”
22 = 1 3/8”
10 = 5/8”
26 = 1 5/8”
12 = 3/4”
34 = 2 1/8”
30 = 3”
60 = 6”
42 = 2 5/8”
40 = 4”
65 = 6.5”
50 = 3 1/8”
50 = 5”
86 = 8.6”
07 = 0.7 LTS
59 = 5.8 LTS
55 = 5.5”
11 = 11”
16 = 1.6 LTS
63 = 6.3 LTS
17 = 1.7 LTS
72 = 7.2 LTS
19 = 1.9 LTS
96 = 9.6 LTS
24 = 2.4 LTS
10 = 10.5 LTS
26 = 2.6 LTS
13 = 13 LTS
34 = 3.4 LTS
15 = 15 LTS
14 = 7/8”
18 = 1 1/8”
Nominal Shell Diameter
Volume (Litres)
Heldon Nomenclature
SA-7044
equivalent to
3100-084010A
40 = 4.0 LTS
25 = 25 LTS
SA-7045
equivalent to
3100-104010A
55 = 5.5 LTS
35 = 35 LTS
SA-7045S
equivalent to
3100-104017A
SA-7046
equivalent to
3100-124017A
SA-7056
equivalent to
3100-105024A
SA-7057S
equivalent to
3100-145024A
SA-7057
equivalent to
3100-145040A
SA-7051
equivalent to
3100-185048A
SA-7053
equivalent to
3100-225048A
SA-7065
equivalent to
3100-266011A
Heldon P-Series & SA-7 Series Suction Accumulator cross reference tables
Heldon P-Series/Parker 'Drop-In' Replacement
Heldon Part No.
Parker Model
Henry Part No.
Alco Part No.
3100-104016P
PA4065-9-5C
SA-7044
AAS-464
3100-124016P
PA4065-9-6C
SA-7045
AAS-465
3100-125024P
PA5083-9-6C
SA-7045S
AAS-4105
3100-125029P
PA5083-11-6C
SA-7046
AAS-4106
3100-145034P
PA5083-12-7C
SA-7056
AAS-596
3100-186055P
PA6125-15-9C
SA-7057S
AAS-597
3100-186063P
PA6125-18-9C
SA-7057
AAS-5137
3100-226071P
PA6125-20-11C
SA-7051
AAS-5179
SA-7053
AAS-51711
SA-7065
AAS-62513
NOTE:
The SA-7 Series accumulators are provided with a plugged socket for the provision of a pressure relief valve.
The use of a relief device is required under UL207 standard (overseas markets only).
The Heldon P-series/Parker accumulators have connectors that are offset to the vessel centerline.
www.heldon.com.au
75
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Nominal Capacity kW @ +5OC set & 30OC sct, pressure drop = 7 kPa
Part No.
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
Volume
Volume
(L)
R404A
R134a
R410A
A Dia. A
B
C
D
3100-083007
1/2
0.7
3.8
2.5
3.8
76
200
172
41.5
1.40
3100-084015
1/2
1.5
3.8
2.5
3.8
102
210
214
52
1.20
3100-104016P
5/8
1.6
7.4
6.2
7.4
102
218
194
43.5
1.90
3100-104019
5/8
1.9
7.4
6.2
7.4
102
305
270
52
2.60
3100-124016P
3/4
1.6
13.4
11.2
13.4
102
244
220
43.5
2.20
3100-125024P
3/4
2.4
13.4
11.2
13.4
127
215
186
43.5
2.80
3100-125029P
3/4
2.6
13.4
11.2
13.4
127
255
222
43.5
3.20
3100-145034P
7/8
3.4
19.0
15.8
19.0
127
285
245
43.5
3.50
3100-145040
7/8
4.0
19.0
15.8
19.0
127
368
328
70
3.80
3100-185040
1 1/8
4.0
31.7
31.1
31.7
127
360
315
70
3.80
3100-185559
1 1/8
5.9
31.7
31.1
31.7
140
430
385
75
6.20
3100-186055P
1 1/8
5.5
31.7
31.1
31.7
159
390
340
60.5
5.90
3100-186063P
1 1/8
6.3
31.7
31.1
31.7
159
470
420
60.5
6.80
3100-226071P
1 3/8
7.1
42.2
38.9
42.2
160
460
406
60.5
7.40
3100-226563
1 3/8
6.3
42.2
38.9
42.2
160
350
305
85
6.20
3100-266510
1 5/8
10.5
102.0
87.3
102.0
160
575
525
85
9.30
3100-346013P
2 1/8
13.0
195.0
141.0
215.0
160
874
820
70.5
14.00
3100-348615
2 1/8
15.0
195.0
141.0
215.0
219
533
499
123
13.30
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Nominal Capacity kW @ +5OC set & 30OC sct, pressure drop = 7 kPa
Dimensions
(mm)
Conn. Size ID
(Inch)
Volume
Volume
(L)
R404A
R134a
R410A
A Dia. A
B
C
D
SA-7044
1/2
1.0
10.2
5.8
9.8
102
168
143
63.5
1.27
SA-7045
5/8
1.0
7.4
6.2
7.4
102
165
143
63.5
1.27
2.10
Part No.
SA-7045S
5/8
1.7
7.4
6.2
7.4
102
279
254
63.5
SA-7046
3/4
1.7
13.4
11.2
13.4
102
284
254
63.5
2.10
SA-7056
3/4
2.4
13.4
11.2
13.4
127
246
216
70
2.30
SA-7057S
7/8
2.4
19.0
15.8
19.0
127
251
216
70
2.90
SA-7057
7/8
3.7
19.0
15.8
19.0
127
374
340
70
3.22
SA-7051
1 1/8
4.8
31.7
31.1
31.7
127
466
429
70
3.80
SA-7053
1 3/8
4.8
42.2
38.9
42.2
127
470
430
70
3.80
SA-7065
1 5/8
11.0
102.0
87.3
102.0
160
680
635
75
10.30
Note: All Heldon Suction Accumulators are to
be mounted vertically.
More sizes are available on request.
O
Q
P
R
76
Weight
(kg)
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Introduction
This technical guide is intended for oil management systems
installed with reciprocating or scroll compressors using HCFC
or HFC refrigerants. For other systems, please contact Heldon
Products Australia Pty. Ltd. for guidance.
An efficient oil management system is essential to ensure
compressor lubrication and energy efficient cooling.
An oil management system is a cost effective alternative to
replacing expensive compressors due to incorrect lubrication. If
selected and installed correctly, an oil management system will
give years of trouble free operation, protecting the compressors
from both low and excess oil levels, with little or no maintenance.
Excessive oil within the system can lead to a slug of oil returning
to the compressor. A slug of oil can be as damaging to a
compressor as a slug of liquid refrigerant. By removing oil from
the discharge gas, the system efficiency is increased. Oil in a
refrigeration or air conditioning system reduces the efficiency
of the system by:1.
A reduction in heat transfer due to oil coating of the
condenser and evaporator walls.
2.
Displacing refrigerant volume resulting in an increase in
system mass flow.
Oil does not change phase from uid to vapour and is therefore a
very poor refrigerant. A minimal amount of oil flowing through
the system is necessary to provide lubrication to valves, but only
a very small amount is needed.
Single Compressor System
A single compressor has the most basic oil system. The
compressor discharge is piped to the inlet of an oil separator (2)
and the outlet of the oil separator is piped to the condenser (3).
A discharge check valve should be fitted (4). An oil return line (6)
is connected from the oil separator through an oil strainer (5),
oil filter (10) or oil filter drier (11), to the compressor crankcase.
Single Compressor System
A float valve in the oil separator opens and feeds a small amount
of oil by-passing the rest of the cooling system. The oil is returned
under discharge pressure to the crankcase. The float valve
prevents hot gas from bypassing to the crankcase by closing
when the oil level falls.
It is recognised best practice to fit a solenoid valve, sight glass
and shut-off valve in the oil return line. These components are
not shown in the diagram.
Refer to equipment list for further details on each component
in the oil system.
www.heldon.com.au
77
Heldon
Low Pressure Oil Management System
This system is normally used for parallel compressors and uses
three main components; Oil Separator (2), Oil Reservoir (7) and
Oil Level Regulators (9).
Low Pressure Oil Management System
The common discharge line is piped to the inlet of the oil
separator and the outlet of the oil separator is piped to the
condenser via a discharge check valve (4). An oil return line
is connected from the oil separator to the top valve of the oil
reservoir (7). A vent line (8) is installed to the suction line, using
a pressure valve (12), to reduce the pressure in the reservoir,
making it a so called “low pressure oil system”. This valve will
keep the reservoir pressure at a set pressure above the suction
pressure. Although mechanical oil level regulators (9) are shown
in the diagram, Optronic oil level regulators can also be used.
The bottom valve of the oil reservoir is piped to the oil level
regulators mounted on the compressor crankcases. These
regulators open to feed oil as the oil level drops and close as
the oil level rises to the set level. In this way, the oil level in the
compressor is controlled. An oil strainer (5) per regulator should
be used to remove debris from the oil. One oil strainer is installed
between the oil reservoir and each regulator. Alternatively, the
oil strainers may be replaced by one oil filter (10) or an oil filter
drier (11).
Due to the scavenging nature of POE oil, it is recommended to
install either an oil filter or oil filter drier on a HFC / POE system
instead of individual oil strainers.
On dual temperature and satellite systems, ensure that all
regulators see a positive oil differential pressure that falls within
their allowable operating range.
It is recognised best practice to fit a solenoid valve, sight glass
and shut-off valve in the oil return line. These components are
not shown in the diagram.
Refer to equipment list for further details on each component
in the oil system.
High Pressure Oil Management System
High Pressure Oil Management Systems remove the need for
a separate oil reservoir. This type of system also reduces the
amount of pipe work and fittings.
High Pressure Oil Management System
A high pressure oil management system relies on the oil level
regulators being able to operate with a high pressure differential.
Mechanical oil level regulators should not be used on this type
of system. The Optronic oil level regulator is recommended for
this application. A high pressure system is not recommended for
HCFC/mineral oil systems due to the potential foaming problems.
A discharge check valve should be fitted (4). An oil separatorreservoir (13) is fitted in the discharge line similar to an oil
separator. The oil return connection, positioned at the bottom of
the vessel, is piped to the oil level regulators. An oil filter (10) or
oil filter drier (11) should be installed between the oil separatorreservoir and the regulators (14).
It is recognised best practice to fit a solenoid valve, sight glass
and shut-off valve in the oil return line. These components are
not shown in the diagram.
Refer to equipment list for further details on each component
in the oil system.
78
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Equipment List For Oil Level Control
1. Compressor
2. Oil Separator
The function of an Oil Separator is to remove oil from the
discharge gas and return it to the compressor, either directly
or indirectly. This helps maintain the compressor crankcase
oil level and raises the efficiency of the system by preventing
excessive oil circulation. Oil Separators are not 100% efficient,
so installing an oil separator should not be viewed as a
replacement for oil traps, accumulators, or good oil return
piping practices. Heldon Products Australia manufactures
two different types of oil separator; Conventional and Helical.
3. Condenser
4. Discharge Check Valve
The function of a Check Valve is to allow fluid flow in one
direction only. This prevents condensed liquid refrigerant
returning down the discharge line into the separator. If this
check valve is not installed the separator can feed excessive
liquid refrigerant into the compressor on start up. This can
cause oil dilution, excessive foaming, erratic oil pressures
and possible compressor damage. The check valve must be
installed after the oil separator.
5. Oil strainer
The function of an oil strainer is to remove system debris from
the refrigerant oil. Their purpose is to protect compressors
and oil level regulators from damage. For recommendations
on HFC / POE systems, refer to the Heldon catalogue section
on oil filters and oil filter driers.
6. Oil Return Line
7. Oil Reservoir
The function of an Oil Reservoir is to provide a holding charge
of oil, as part of a Low Pressure Oil Management System.
The amount of oil circulating in a system varies depending
on the operating conditions. The oil reservoir caters for these
fluctuations by providing additional storage capacity.
10. Oil Filter
The function of an Oil Filter is to remove system debris from
the refrigerant oil. An oil filter is recommended for HFC / POE
systems instead of individual oil strainers, where filtration
only is required.
11. Oil Filter Drier
The function of an Oil Filter Drier is to remove both system
debris and moisture from the refrigerant oil. An oil filter drier
is recommended for HFC / POE systems instead of individual
oil strainers, where both filtration and moisture removal is
required.
12. Pressure Vent Valve
The function of a Pressure Vent Valve is to maintain a positive
pressure in the Oil Reservoir above the compressor crankcase
pressure. Three different pressure settings are available; 0.35
barg, 1.4 barg and 2.4 barg. A higher pressure differential will
increase the oil flow rate from the oil reservoir back to the
compressors. The pressure setting should be selected taking
into account the allowable oil pressure differential of the oil
level regulator.
13. Oil Separator-Reservoir
The function of an Oil Separator-Reservoir is to provide a
Separator and Oil Reservoir in one unit. It is designed for
high pressure oil management systems and eliminates the
need for a separate Oil Reservoir and its associated piping.
14. Optronic Oil Regulator
The function of the Optronic Regulator is to control the oil level
in the compressor crankcase. This protects the compressors
from damage. This regulator can be used on high pressure
oil management system.
8. Vent Line
9. Mechanical Oil Level Regulators
The function of a Mechanical Oil Level Regulator is to control
the oil level in the compressor crankcase. This protects the
compressors from damage. Heldon’s oil level regulator
feature an adjustable float mechanism which means that
the crankcase oil level can be adjusted, in line with the
compressor manufacturer’s guidelines.
These regulators have an allowable oil pressure differential
range of 0.35 to 6.2 barg. Oil pressure differential is the
difference between the crankcase pressure and the pressure
in the oil reservoir. Gravity pressure head should be included
also, if applicable.
A model fitted with an equalisation connection is also
available, which enables the oil levels between several
compressors to be balanced.
www.heldon.com.au
79
Heldon
OIL SEPARATORS
Introduction
The refrigeration compressor is lubricated by an oil charge that
resides in its crankcase. Unfortunately, due to the compression
process, oil in an aerosol form can be carried by refrigerant
out into the system and as a result not provide the required
lubrication for the compressors components. The challenge for
refrigeration system engineers is to keep this vital lubricant where
it is required and to facilitate the return of any oil that has been
released into the system.
The purpose of this document therefore is to highlight this oil’s
intimate working relationship with the systems refrigerant and
how to best ensure that any oil that leaves the compressor
during the compression process returns as quickly as possible to
the crankcase. Although a well-designed piping system can
facilitate the oil’s successful passage through the entire system,
one of the best answers to this challenge is to employ an oil
separator.
Refrigerant & Oil –
A close working relationship
Oils & Refrigeration:
High pressure side challenges
The refrigeration systems refrigerant charge and its oil are
miscible (the oil is soluble in the refrigerant). The miscibility ratio
of refrigerant and oil is dependent on a number of factors such as:
When the compression process takes place, the discharged
high pressure refrigerant exits the compressor with a fine
oil mist entrained in it. The oil and refrigerant readily mix in
the discharge line and condenser due to the high pressure/
temperature of the refrigerant vapour. Unfortunately what
happens next is the beginnings of the problem of oil “carry
over” for a refrigeration system.
• The actual refrigerant type.
• The oil type (Synthetic, Mineral and associated Viscosities).
• The operating pressures and temperatures of that particular
system. (Overall system design including pipework and
componentry play a significant role as well)
Often the above items are somewhat ‘fixed’ being part of an
existing system employed for a particular duty. The refrigerant
type and its compatible oil are a product of the systems
application. Also, the operating pressures and temperatures
are governed by the duty in question and the means of
condensing (air cooled or water cooled) available. The actual
quantity of oil “carried over” into a refrigeration system is also
dependent upon:
• The compressors design.
• The age (wear) of the compressor.
• The compressors configuration - a single unit as opposed to
multiple units in parallel.
The effects of "Carry over" oil can lead to a shortage of the
lubricant in the compressor crankcase. Adding oil to compensate
and raise the oil level can lead to undesirable effects when the
extra oil returns to the compressor. This can in turn increase the
amount of carry over oil in the system.
Therefore the scope of this technical document will only focus
upon the effects of ‘free’ oil that has been discharged into the
systems pipework and componentry, its effects on the operation
of a refrigeration system and conclude with how an oil separator
can be of benefit in the management of oil return.
80
The high pressures in the condenser cannot prevent an oil film
from coating the inner walls of this heat exchanger and from
commencing a new role as an effective insulator reducing
the overall rate of heat transfer. This results in increases in
both operating head pressures and the saturated condensing
temperatures of the refrigerant, effectively reducing the capacity
of the condenser. As a rule general rule, for every 1K rise above
the condensing unit's design condensing temperatures, the unit's
overall refrigeration capacity drops by approximately 1%. As a
result, you are getting far less efficiency out of the condenser.
The oil’s presence also reduces the condenser's volumetric
capacity by reducing the amount of refrigerant present in the heat
exchanger by the exact amount of its own volume. Eg. if 10% of
the “miscible” refrigerant / oil solution is oil, then only 90% of
this mix is refrigerant.
This will result in a reduced capacity of the heat exchanger,
retarding the rejection of heat and consequently the system's
refrigeration effect. Longer running times are required in order to
circulate the higher mass flow of refrigerant required to achieve
the desired refrigeration effect. This oil film can be seen to cause
system inefficiencies resulting in higher system running costs.
The higher head pressures generated as a result of an inefficient
condenser quickly lead to the creation of unusually high discharge
temperatures from the compressor resulting in lubricant
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
breakdown and the formation of oil sludge, carbon and varnish
deposits. Lubricant breakdown can also be be contributed to
by the effects of catalytic metals such as iron and copper in the
refrigeration system.
Please refer to the technical information document on Filter
Driers and Drier Cores for further information.
Exiting the condenser, passing through the liquid receiver and on
to the refrigerant control, the refrigeration oil finds itself soluble
with the liquid refrigerant. This results in a positive movement
of the oil towards the compressor.
Operators must be acutely aware to avoid creating a system
that has an oil logged evaporator with a high load demand.
The high refrigerant velocities created in this situation may return
all the oil at once in a damaging “liquid slug” to the compressor.
Such an “oil slug” can be as damaging to the compressor as that
of a “slug” of liquid refrigerant.
Moving towards greater efficiency
In order to have the refrigeration system operating at its highest
levels of efficiency we must:
•
Make evaporator heat transfer area between low side
refrigerant and the medium to be cooled as intimate as possible
(so avoiding oil films that create an insulating effect). This
keeps the refrigerant mass flow rates at design ratings, loading
the evaporator correctly keeping the saturated evaporating
temperatures up and raising the compressor's refrigeration
capacity. This results in less defrost cycles in refrigerant-to-air
type evaporators as the temperature differences between the
return air values and s.e.t’s will be of a smaller value delivering
a higher relative humidity.
•
Make the condenser heat transfer area between high side
refrigerant and the heat sink as intimate as possible again
avoiding oil films that create an insulating effect. The
temperature difference between the two will be at the lowest
levels that the design dictates, resulting in the most efficient
saturated condensing temperatures/pressures possible.
Oils & Refrigeration: Low pressure
side challenges
The evaporator is also subjected to the inefficiencies created by
this excess oil. The problem is compounded by the oil now being
in the low pressure side of the refrigeration system. When the
latent heat of vapourisation creates the phase change from a
liquid refrigerant to a vapour, the effective movement of the oil
is reduced significantly. The oil and vapour will not mix readily
in the evaporator. This forces the oil to precipitate out of the
solution and accumulate on the inner walls of the heat exchanger
affecting heat transfer to the refrigerant and interrupting the flow
of lubricant back to the compressors crankcase.
Excess oil in the evaporator can be even more detrimental to the
refrigeration system than the excess oil in the condenser due to the
effects of the expansion valve. When the oil/refrigerant mix exits
this valve, the pressure drop that occurs causes the oil to foam.
This results in the generation of a film of oil bubbles that is of a
even greater thickness than that experienced in the high side heat
exchanger. The lower temperatures further complicate matters
due to their affects on the refrigeration oil's thickness or viscosity,
making it much more difficult to move and consequently trapping
the oil in the evaporator. Extreme cases of this condition can
lead to an “oil logged” evaporator.
Volumetric capacity is also reduced by the displacing effects
of the oil on the systems refrigerant. The net result is a lower
operating saturated suction temperature / pressure as the
refrigerant fails to find adequate heat, ‘starving’ the rate of
heat transfer, lowering the refrigeration capacity values for the
compressor and producing longer motor running times in order
to achieve temperature.
The refrigerant vapour’s velocity is the only effective tool in
returning the sluggish oil. It must strike the right balance of
velocity between being high enough to facilitate a “rifling” effect
of the oil droplets along the inner walls of the heat exchanger and
suction line but not too high that troublesome noise and excessive
pressure drop are created. This balance act if correct will ensure
good net oil return without penalising refrigeration capacity. If
the balance is wrong the result will be a system that will have to
work much harder and longer to achieve the required temperature,
grossly affecting running costs and energy usage of the plant.
Recommendations
Heldon's recommendation is to be pro-active and install an Oil
Separator to manage the collection and return of the oil carried
over into the discharge line as a result of the compression process.
Whilst not 100% efficient in their operation and not a substitute
for a correctly designed system, their inclusion will satisfactorily
protect the compressor from lubrication issues and “oil slugs”.
Whilst originally designed to maintain the correct oil level in the
compressor, the oil separator is now well recognised for its critical
role in preventing the circulation of oil throughout the system. It
also provides the advantage of an effective muffling action on the
discharge vapour pulsations exiting reciprocating compressors,
reducing unwanted noise.
By installing an oil separator the heat exchangers on both the
high side and low side will operate more efficiently without the
insulating effect of the excess oil present in the coils.
This will result in higher system efficiencies over the life of
the plant, reduced running costs and subsequently reduced
emissions.
www.heldon.com.au
81
Heldon
The Oil Separator – an Introduction
As a general rule an oil separator should be employed on any
system that may struggle with an adequate oil return. Whenever
there is an excessive amount of oil in circulation or the risk of
efficiency losses at the heat exchangers due to the effects of an
oil film, it is good practice to install an oil separator.
Inlet Connection
Outlet Connection
Oil Return
Connection
Specifically, oil separators are recommended with the following
applications:
• Systems with long pipe runs and/or with long suction line/
discharge line risers.
• Non oil returning evaporators such as the flooded types.
• Low saturated suction temperature/Low temperature
systems.
• Systems employing capacity control or multiple
compressors operating in parallel.
• Systems employing immiscible refrigerants.
• DX coils or tube bundles that require bottom feed for good
liquid distribution.
• Systems where off-cycle refrigerant condensation in the
compressor oil is troublesome.
Oil separators use various modes of oil separation to remove the
oil carried over in the discharge vapour that exits the compressor.
These methods include the reduction of velocity, impingement,
centrifugal force or coalescing elements. Oil separators vary in
capacity and efficiency depending upon the mass flow that is
being pumped through them. No oil separator is 100% efficient.
The scope of this document will focus on the two styles of oil
separator offered by Heldon Products Australia.
• The conventional (Impingement) type.
• The Helical (Centrifugal Force) type.
Inlet Screen
Outlet
Screen
Oil
Drain Baffle
Ball Float
Needle Valve
Assembly
Conventional Oil Separator
Conventional Oil Separator Operation
As discussed previously, the high pressure, superheated
discharged refrigerant vapour is laden with an oil mist. On
entry to the oil separator the velocity of the mass flow is greatly
reduced due to the larger volume of the vessel in relation to the
discharge line. The oil particles having a greater momentum
than the refrigerant vapour impinge on the mesh of the inlet
screen. The refrigerant vapour exits the oil separator on its way
to the condenser by passing through an outlet screen to further
remove any residual oil particles. All the oil particles then combine
in their relative screens and due to gravity, drain to the bottom
of the separator.
closing off the needle valve (at the pre-charge level) as
the oil is returned to the compressor crankcase or the oil
reservoir if an oil control system is used. Once closed the
needle valve prevents the return of high pressure vapour
to the compressor crankcase. A small pre-charge of oil
is required in the oil separator when installing to position
to start returning oil without taking oil from the required
system oil charge.
A float operated needle valve is positioned at the bottom of
the oil separator. The float mechanism will open and close
depending on the volume of oil present in the oil separator.
An increase in oil volume will lift the ballfloat opening the
needle valve to allow oil return. The ballfloat will lower,
82
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Helical Oil Separators Operation
As oil-laden refrigerant has enters the helical oil separator the
refrigerant vapour encounters the leading edge of the helical
flighting. The vapour/oil mixture is centrifugally forced along
the spiral path of the helix causing heavier oil particles to
spin to the perimeter, where impingement with a screen layer
occurs. The screen layer functions as both an oil stripping and
draining medium. Separated oil flows downward along the
boundary of the shell through a baffle and into an oil collection
chamber at the bottom of the separator.
The specially engineered baffle isolates the oil chamber
and eliminates oil re-entrapment by preventing turbulence.
The virtually oil free refrigerant vapour then exits through a
secondary screen positioned just below the lower edge of the
helical flighting. A float activated oil return needle valve allows
the separated oil to return to the compressor crankcase or
oil reservoir. There is a permanent magnet positioned at the
bottom of the oil collection chamber to capture any system
metal debris, which could impair the operation of the needle
valve. With correct selection, an oil separation efficiency of up
to approximately 99% can be achieved.
Oil Separator Selection
By using the tables provided it is possible to compare the
refrigeration capacity of the refrigeration system to that of the
oil separator. Data can include the capacity ratings for several
refrigerants at various saturated suction temperatures. Another
type of rating method can include the compressor displacement
volume. Either way, if capacity control is featured on the
compressor(s), an understanding of the system capacity in
relation to the percentage of full load run time will assist in the
selection process. Also as the compressor’s refrigeration capacity
value will increase with a raise in suction pressure or a lowering
of condensing pressure, it is advisable that the oil separator
selection be done employing figures gained from a refrigeration
system operating at its lowest compression ratio figure.
Outlet Connection
!
Inlet
Connection
Helical
Flighting
Mesh
Screen
Oil Drain
Baffle
Second Mesh
Screen
Ball
Float
Oil
Return
Connection
Needle
Valve
Assembly
Magnet
Helical Oil Separator
Installation of an Oil Separator
When installing an oil separator it must first be pre-charged with
oil. This quantity of oil is held in the sump of the oil separator and
is vital. If the oil separator is not pre-charged with the amount
specified, (using oil of the same type as that of the compressor),
damage can result to the oil return float mechanism. Further to
this, if not pre-charged, the actual oil level in the compressor
and its lubricating ability could be significantly affected due to
any pumped-out oil getting ‘stuck’ in the oil separators sump and
not being able to return until such time as the float mechanism
is activated.
The oil separator should be installed close to the compressor,
in the discharge line between compressor and condenser. It is
recommended to install a check valve between the oil separator’s
outlet and the condenser in order to prevent refrigerant from
‘migrating’ back to the oil separator to condense during
the system's off cycle. As the internal float mechanism cannot
differentiate between liquid refrigerant and ‘liquid’ oil there is
the risk that the float could lift off its seat and return liquid
refrigerant to the compressors crankcase. Liquid refrigerant that
enters the crankcase can produce a ‘cooling effect’ on the sump
oil, chilling it in temperature, raising its viscosity and consequently
reducing the lubricating ability of the oil. Liquid refrigerant may
also wash out bearings leading to damage.
At the time of compressor start up, the reduction of pressure
inside the crankcase can cause any liquid refrigerant residing
in the oil, to vigorously boil off, leading to the creation of oil
‘foam’. Mechanical oil pumps can struggle to create the required
oil pressure to provide adequate lubrication for the compressors
internals when they attempt to pump this low quality oil.
‘Splash feed’ compressors can also suffer from the same problem.
www.heldon.com.au
83
Heldon
One answer to minimise this problem is to connect the oil return
line into the suction line. This line would be equipped with a
shut off valve, an oil filter / strainer, a hand throttling valve, a
solenoid valve and sight glass. The hand valve should be adjusted
to provide a flow slightly greater in quantity than that of the ‘rifled’
oil return coming back down the suction line to the compressor.
Normally though, oil return lines are run from the oil return flare
connection at the separator, to the compressor crankcase or to
an oil reservoir if an oil control system is being used. The fitting
of a sight glass to observe oil flow and an oil filter/strainer is
recommended to be installed in the return line. Polyolester oils
are a solvent and will scavenge debris from a system that mineral
oils don't, consequently filtration must be taken seriously to avoid
problematic blockages resulting.
Caution is required when locating the oil separator in a position
where it is subjected to the cooling effects of air flows that
could produce condensation of the refrigerant during the
off-cycle. If the separator is to be subjected to temperatures
below that of the systems condensing temperatures, it is good
practice to fit a low wattage electric heating band around
the base of the vessel to prevent the refrigerant vapour from
condensing there. A 25 watt heating band would suffice for
oil separator diameters of up to 100mm. If the condenser is
located higher than the oil separator then the system piping
should be positioned in a way that it is sloped back towards
the condenser over a 50mm height difference to facilitate
liquid flow back to the condenser rather than the oil separator
during off-cycle. Heldon oil separators are to be mounted in a
secure vertical position and piped up employing sound industry
practices. A vibration eliminator may be necessary to avoid
the transmission of compressor vibration and motor start-up
torque effects that could adversely affect the oil separator.
is lowered to its pre-charged level. If a sight glass is present
this will confirm whether it is oil or hot gas that is the cause of
this heat source. As the separator’s float mechanism opens the
sight glass will display a sudden rush of oil and foam back to the
compressor before reseating in the closed position.
If the oil return line is at ambient temperature at all times, this
may indicate a blockage of the ballfloat valve preventing return
oil flow. If the oil return line is constantly hot this may indicate a
ballfloat valve stuck open, a compressor that is pumping excessive
oil back into the system or an oil logged system. There are many
causes of an oil separator malfunction either returning excessive
oil or not returning oil and they are predominently due to system
contamination. The oil separator is not a system filtration device
but if correct system filtration has not been employed in the
system design contaminates may become trapped inside the
oil separator affecting the operation of the ballfloat valve. If the
oil return line is chilled this may indicate the presence of liquid
refrigerant and condensation occurring within the oil separator.
If installing or replacing an oil separator into an existing system
there is the possibility of excess oil that has been trapped
throughout the system returning to the compressor and over
filling the crankcase. When re-commisioning the system the
compressor crankcase oil levels should be monitored until stable.
All acess oil returned to the compressor should be removed from
the system. It is recommended that the oil separator be replaced
after a compressor burnout and that the system is clean and
acid free.
If installing an oil separator into an existing system that has not
been previously fitted with an oil separator it is imperative that
the system is clean and acid free before installation.
Service/Trouble shooting tips
The Heldon oil separator is a fully welded vessel fitted with an
internal ball float mechanism. As such it is unserviceable and if
a fault is detected the entire vessel must be replaced. Note that
the return oil line can provide good diagnostics in regards the
refrigeration systems oil return ‘health’.
In normal operation the oil return line will alternate a few times
per hour between hot and cool as the float firstly feeds high
pressure oil back to the crankcase then shuts off as the oil level
84
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
CONVENTIONAL OIL SEPARATORS
Introduction
Oil separators are used in refrigeration systems that require
the compressor lubricating oil to be returned directly to the
compressor crankcase under all operating conditions. Using
an oil separator will prevent lubricating oil from circulating
throughout the system with the refrigerant making the condenser
and evaporator more efficient.
Heldon conventional oil separators are designed for maximum
flow with minimal pressure drop while efficiently removing oil
suspended in the refrigerant. Oil removal is achieved using
stainless steel screens that have been optimised for both flow
and oil removal. A baffle plate allows separated oil to de-aerate
while remaining warm and viscous. A stainless steel ballfloat
and precision needle and seat are used to achieve automatic oil
return to the compressor crankcase.
Heldon conventional oil separators are constructed from steel
with solid copper connections.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Designed for maximum flow and minimal pressure drop.
Solid copper connectors.
Optimised separation membrane.
Precision needle and seat ball valve allows accurate metering of
of oil to return to the compressor crankcase.
5. Internal baffle plate.
6. Hermetically sealed stainless steel float.
7. Powder coated finish.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Easier installation.
Efficient removal of oil from the refrigerant flow.
Allows only the correct amount of oil to return to the crankcase.
5. Improves quality of returning oil.
6. Extended service life.
7. Exceeds 500 hours salt spray tests.
Manufacturing Standards
Manufactured in accordance with AS 2971
Safe Working Pressure: 3,200 kPa for models: 3210 - 6410 and above.
Safe Working Pressure: 4,200 kPa for models: 3210 - 6406S
3210 - 6406
3210 - 6408
www.heldon.com.au
85
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
NNominal Capacity kW at Evaporating Temperature °C
Part No.
R22
R404A
R134a
-30
-20
-10
0
5
-30
-20
-10
0
5
-30
-20
-10
0
5
3210-6406S
3.0
3.2
3.6
3.8
4.2
3.0
3.2
3.6
3.8
4.2
2.7
2.9
3.2
3.4
3.8
3210-6406
4.1
4.3
5.0
5.1
5.4
4.1
4.3
5.0
5.1
5.4
3.7
3.9
4.5
4.6
4.9
3210-6408
5.8
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.0
5.8
6.2
6.5
6.8
7.0
5.2
5.6
5.9
6.1
6.3
3210-6410
16.9
17.5
18.2
18.8
19.3
15.4
16.4
17.5
18.5
19.3
15.2
15.8
16.4
16.9
17.4
3210-6414
25.4
26.2
26.9
27.6
28.1
24.0
25.2
26.6
28.0
28.8
22.9
23.8
24.2
24.8
25.3
3210-6418
33.1
34.3
35.3
36.4
37.0
31.7
33.4
35.0
36.6
37.4
29.8
30.9
31.8
32.8
33.3
3210-6422
42.1
43.6
44.8
46.3
47.5
40.1
43.3
47.5
47.7
49.0
37.9
39.2
40.3
41.7
42.8
3210-9622
46.7
47.4
48.0
48.6
49.3
43.1
45.2
48.3
49.5
50.8
42.0
42.7
43.2
43.8
44.4
3210-9626
57.7
58.9
60.5
62.0
63.2
54.2
57.3
60.5
63.6
65.1
51.9
53.0
54.4
55.8
56.9
3210-9634
100.1
102.3
103.5
104.6
105.5
93.4
98.4
102.2
106.0
108.6
90.0
92.0
93.1
94.1
95.0
Capacity figures based on;
Evaporator temperature te = 5°C
Condensing temperature tc = 30°C
Pressure drop
P = 7 kpa (1 psi)
3210 - Series
Note: Oil separator must be installed vertically
Part No.
Connection
Size I.D.
(Inch)
3210-6406S
3210-6406
Dimensions
Oil
Pre-charge
(ml) *
Weight
B
C
D
G
3/8
32
148
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
1.8
3/8
32
245
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
2.2
3210-6408
1/2
33.5
245
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
2.5
3210-6410
5/8
38.5
300
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
2.9
3210-6414
7/8
40
344
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
3.2
3210-6418
1 1/8
45
370
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
3.6
3210-6422
1 3/8
49
475
107
48
1/4
M10 x 1.5
480
4.5
3210-9622
1 3/8
43
352
153
75
3/8
M10 x 1.5
1230
3.2
3210-9626
1 5/8
50
429
153
75
3/8
M10 x 1.5
1230
3.5
3210-9634
2 1/8
55
432
153
75
3/8
M10 x 1.5
1230
3.6
* Oil pre-charge to be added to oil separator before installation
86
J
THREAD
H
MSAE
www.heldon.com.au
(kg)
Heldon
HELICAL OIL SEPARATORS
Introduction
Outlet Connection
!
The function of a Helical Oil Separator is to efficiently remove
oil from the discharge gas and return it to the compressor,
either directly or indirectly. This helps maintain the compressor
crankcase oil level and raises the efficiency of the system by
preventing excessive oil circulation.
The Helical oil separator features a centrifugal flow path that
achieves approximately 99% efficiency of oil separation with a low
pressure drop. Independent testing has found that only 0.006% oil
by volume was being discharged into the system after leaving a
Helical oil separator. Virtually oil-free refrigerant vapour exits
the oil separator.
Inlet
Connection
Helical
Flighting
Mesh
Screen
A higher level of efficiency is to be expected compared to a
conventional oil separator.
Second Mesh
Screen
Applications
Oil Drain
Baffle
Helical oil separators can be used in a wide variety of applications.
These can include multi-compressor racks and remote
condensing units.
Helical oil separators are intended for Low Pressure Oil
Management Systems. These products are designed for use
with scroll and reciprocating type compressors. They are not
recommended for screw or rotary vane compressors.
Oil
Return
Connection
Ball
Float
The product range is designed for use with HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
Helical Oil Separator
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Patented Henry Technologies Design*
High oil separation efficiency – up to 99%.
Low pressure drop.
No blocked elements because of too much oil in the system.
No oil blow-out at start up from oil left in a coalescing element.
Magnet
Needle
Valve
Assembly
A proven design that works.
Guaranteed performance.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Dependible operation.
Oil is metered back to the compressor as required.
*US Patents 5113671, 5404730 & 5271245; Mexico 173552;
Denmark, France, UK & Italy 0487959;
Germany P69106849.6-08; Taiwan UM-7863; & other
worldwide patents pending.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
S-5 Series:
Safe Working Pressure = 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 130oC
•
•
•
Shell, endcaps and connections: Carbon steel
Oil float: Stainless steel
Needle valve seat: Brass
SH-5 Series:
Safe Working Pressure = 4,000 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 110oC
www.heldon.com.au
87
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Refrigeration Capacity in kW
Dimensions in (mm)
A
B
C
D
-40c
4.4c
-40c
4.4c
-40c
4.4c
Oil Precharge
(ml) *
63.5
162.1
44.5
53.9
1.41
1.76
1.93
2.11
1.76
2.11
414
1.04
4.22
414
1.16
6.68
414
3.59
13.01
414
4.16
20.05
24.62
414
4.36
32.71
40.45
414
4.82
47.83
57.68
1183
8.24
65.42
80.54
1183
9.17
120.63
148.07
739
16.86
204.33
251.82
739
24.91
403.05
299.30
369.64
739
42.50
64.71
47.83
57.68
739
10.21
80.54
90.04
65.42
80.54
739
11.09
124.50
137.52
100.59
124.50
739
11.28
R134a
R22
S-5180
1
1/4
S-5181
1
3/8
63.5
190.5
44.5
82.6
3.17
3.52
4.22
4.92
3.52
S-5182
2
1/2
101.6
330.2
69.9
62.0
4.57
5.28
6.33
7.03
5.28
S-5185
2
5/8
101.6
381.0
69.9
63.5
8.44
10.20
12.66
14.07
10.55
S-5187
2
7/8
101.6
431.8
76.2
74.7
16.53
20.05
23.92
26.73
S-5188
2
1 1/8
101.6
482.6
76.2
77.7
28.14
33.41
40.09
44.67
S-5190
3
1 3/8
152.4
381.0
108.0
93.7
40.80
48.89
57.68
64.71
S-5192
3
1 5/8
152.4
431.8
108.0
100.3
57.68
67.18
80.54
90.04
S-5202
5
2 1/8
203.2
609.6
136.7
128.5
103.40
123.10
147.01
163.89
S-5203
5
2 5/8
254.0
685.8
165.1
143.0
170.93
204.33
246.54
274.68
S-5204
5
3 1/8
304.8
762.0
196.9
163.8
251.82
299.30
360.84
S-5290
4
1 3/8
152.4
381.0
108.0
93.7
40.80
48.89
57.68
S-5292
4
1 5/8
152.4
431.8
108.0
100.3
57.68
67.18
S-5294
4
2 1/8
152.4
431.8
111.3
106.4
87.57
103.40
Part No.
* Oil pre-charge to be added to oil separator before installation
88
R404A/R507
Figure
No.
Conn.
Size ID
(Inch)
www.heldon.com.au
Weight
(kg)
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Oil return,
3/8 MSAE
4. M10 stud and nut
SH-5 Series High Pressure Range
Part No.
Conn.
Size ID
(Inch)
SH-5182-CE
1/2
Dimensions (mm)
Dia. A
B
C
D
E
F
Dia. G
102
352
69
81
-
61
-
Mounting Details
M10
Drawing
Reference
Fig. 1
Oil Precharge
(ml)
Weight
(kg)
400
4.0
SH-5185-CE
5/8
102
401
69
81
-
61
-
M10
Fig. 1
400
4.5
SH-5187-CE
7/8
102
453
74
94
-
61
-
M10
Fig. 1
400
5.1
SH-5188-CE
1 1/8
102
500
75
95
-
61
-
M10
Fig. 1
400
5.2
SH-5190-CE
1 3/8
152
570
108
135
95
N/A
100
3 x 14mm slots
Fig. 2
1100
9.4
Capacity in kW Refrigeration at Nominal Evaporator Temperature
Part No.
R404A / R507
R22
-40OC
5OC
-40OC
5OC
SH-5182-CE
5.3
7.0
5.3
7.0
SH-5185-CE
14.1
19.4
15.8
19.4
SH-5187-CE
23.0
30.0
24.6
28.2
SH-5188-CE
29.8
38.7
31.7
37.0
SH-5190-CE
42.2
52.8
44.8
49.3
www.heldon.com.au
89
Heldon
HELICAL OIL SEPARATOR - RESERVOIRS
Introduction
The function of a Helical Oil Separator-Reservoir is to remove
oil from the discharge gas and return it to the compressor. This
helps maintain the compressor crankcase oil level and raises the
efficiency of the system by preventing excessive oilcirculation.
Applications
Helical oil separator-reservoirs are suitable for a variety of
applications including multi-compressor racks and for use with
scroll and recipricating compressors. Helical oil separatorreservoirs are intended for use in high pressure oil management
systems. The standard product range is designed for use with
HFC refrigerants and their associated oils.
The helical oil separator-reservoir is not recommended for use
with screw or rotary vane compressors.
How it works
As oil-laden refrigerant gas enters the helical oil separator the
refrigerant vapour encounters the leading edge of the helical
flighting. The gas/oil mixture is centrifugally forced along the
spiral path of the helix causing heavier oil particles to spin to
the perimeter, where impingement with a screen layer occurs.
The screen layer functions as both an oil stripping and draining
medium. Separated oil flows downward along the boundary of
the shell through a baffle and into an oil collection chamber at
the bottom of the separator.
The specially engineered baffle isolates the oil chamber and
eliminates oil re-entrapment by preventing turbulence. The
virtually oil free refrigerant gas then exits through a secondary
screen positioned just below the lower edge of the helical flighting.
Oil separator-reservoirs do not have an oil float assembly. Instead,
a dip tube is located in the oil chamber that feeds the oil back
to the compressor via a rotalock valve and an oil management
system. With correct selection, an oil separation efficiency of up
to 99% can be achieve.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Patented Henry Technologies Design*
High oil separation efficiency - up to 99%.
Low pressure drop.
No blocked elements because of too much oil in the system.
No oil blow-out at start up from oil left in a coalescing element.
Integrated oil reservoir.
A proven design that works.
Garanteed performance.
Negligible loss in system efficiency.
Dependible operation.
Holds the oil until it is fed back to the compressor by an
oil management system.
*US Patents5113671, 5404730 & 5271245; Mexico 173552;
Denmark, France, UK & Itlay 0487959; Germany P69106849.608; Taiwan UM-74863; & other world patents pending.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10OC to 130OC
The main components; shell, end caps and connections are made
from carbon steel.
90
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Fig.1
Fig. 2
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Oil return, RotaLock
Valve, 3/8 MSAE
4. Sight Glass
5. 1/2 FPT Connection
Helical Oil Separator - Reservoirs
Part No.
Dimensions (mm)
Conn.
Size ID
(Inch)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Mounting
Details
Drawing
Reference
Oil
Capacity
(L)
Weight
(kg)
S-5388-CE
1 1/8
102
&152
S-5390
1 3/8
152
850
108
91
48
222
311
113
3 x 14 mm
slots
Fig. 2
7.6
15.0
S-5392
1 5/8
152
900
108
98
48
222
311
113
3 x 14 mm
slots
Fig. 2
7.6
16.0
S-5394
2 1/8
152
902
114
105
48
222
311
113
3 x 14 mm
slots
Fig. 2
7.6
16.5
813
75
78
48
222
311
108
3 x 14 mm
slots
Fig.1
7.6
13.0
Performance Data
This table provides a summary of the kW capacity of each
separator for fixed evaporating and condensing temperatures.
This table can be used as a quick reference guide.
Capacity in kW of refrigeration at nominal evaporator temperature
Part No.
R404A/R507
R22
o
-40 C
o
o
5C
-40 C
5oC
S-5388-CE
29.8
38.7
N/A
N/A
S-5390
42.2
52.8
N/A
N/A
S-5392
52.8
66.9
N/A
N/A
S-5394
84.4
109
N/A
N/A
Note: All data is for a 38oC condensing temperature, 18oC suction temperature and a connection size the same as the compressor valve.
Installation - Main Issues
Oil Separator reservoirs are not 100% efficient, so installing this
product shall not be viewed as a replacement for oil traps, suction
line accumulators or good oil return piping practices.
Install the unit vertically and reasonably close to the compressor.
Sound industry practice should be adopted when installing piping
to prevent excessive loads or vibration at the inlet and outlet
connections. The separator must be properly supported at the
mounting feet.
A check valve should be located downstream of the outlet
connection. This check valve is to prevent liquid refrigerant
migrating back from the condenser.
www.heldon.com.au
91
Heldon
OIL RESERVOIRS
Introduction
The function of an Oil Reservoir is to provide a holding charge
of oil, as part of a Low Pressure Oil Management System.
The amount of oil circulating in a system varies depending
on the operating conditions. The oil reservoir caters for these
fluctuations by providing additional storage capacity.
Rotalock valves are supplied with each reservoir to facilitate easy
oil fill and drain. A connection is provided at the top of the unit for
fitting a pressure vent valve. Models are provided with either two
or three sight glasses for visual indication of oil level.
Applications
The standard range of reservoirs are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. The SH range, with
a higher MWP, is also suitable for sub-critical CO2 applications.
Features
Benefits
1. Three sizes available in both standard and high pressure
ranges.
2. Robust construction.
3. All models supplied with Rotalock Valves.
4. Sight glass with floating ball.
5. Double seal on sight glass for leak integrity.
6. Standard models supplied with mounting brackets.
7. Mounting brackets available on request (SH models only).
1. Select the model appropriate for the application.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Technical Specification
Selection Guidelines
Standard models:
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 130oC
Both ranges of Henry Technologies reservoirs include three different
oil holding capacities of approximately 7.5, 11.5 and 15 litres.
SH models:
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,000 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 110oC
Materials of Construction
The shell, endcaps and fitting connections are made from
carbon steel.
Installation – Main Issues
Full instructions are given in the Product Instruction Sheet
included with each reservoir.
Suitable for harsh environments.
Supplied ready for installation.
Quick and easy means to identify liquid level.
Minimises risk of leakage.
No addition accessories required.
Secure installation.
The required holding capacity is dependent on a number of system
design factors such as oil return piping practice, compressor type,
number of compressors, compressor run times, etc.
For single stage parallel systems the oil reservoir capacity can
be selected using the simple example calculation below. This
simple calculation is a guide only based on the total compressor
(theoretical) displacement (Vh). For other system types please
contact Heldon.
Example:8 compressors each with a theoretical displacement of 17 m3/hr.
Therefore Vh (total) = 136 m3/hr.
The selected Vh model is S-9109, with a Vh rating of up to 150 m3/hr.
Refer to selection table.
Note: It is known that some users select oil reservoir capacity
using different rules from the above or from field experience.
The method presented above is for guidance purposes only. If
in doubt, select a larger capacity reservoir.
92
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
Fig. 3
Inlet Rotalock Valve,
3/8" SAE Flare
Outlet Rotalock Valve,
3/8" SAE Flare
Vent, 3/8" SAE Flare
Sight Glass
Fig. 4
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
F
Reference
MWP
(kPa)
Weight
(kg)
S-9109
426
507
152
177
165
N/A
Fig. 1
3,100
9.0
S-9108U
654
736
152
177
394
N/A
Fig. 1
3,100
12.5
S-9108
883
965
152
177
311
311
Fig. 2
3,100
15.0
SH-9109
522
604
152
225
165
N/A
Fig. 3
4,000
9.0
SH-9108U
751
832
152
225
394
N/A
Fig. 3
4,000
12.5
SH-9108
980
1061
152
225
311
311
Fig. 4
4,000
15.0
Part No.
Drawing
Reservoir Capacity within Dimensions Shown (litres)
www.heldon.com.au
93
Heldon
Capacities
Oil Reservoir Capacity Table
Reservoir capacity within dimension shown (litres)
Part No.
D
E
F
A
S-9109
2.8
2.8
N/A
6.9
S-9108U
2.8
6.6
N/A
10.7
14.5
S-9108
2.8
5.2
5.2
SH-9109
3.5
2.8
N/A
8.2
SH-9108U
3.5
6.6
N/A
12.0
SH-9108
3.5
5.2
5.2
15.8
Oil Reservoir Selection Table
Part No.
Capacity (litres)
Vh total (m3/hr)
up to 150
S-9109
6.9
S-9108U
10.7
150-300
S-9108
14.5
300-400
up to 150
SH-9109
8.2
SH-9108U
12.0
150-300
SH-9108
15.8
300-400
Note: Vh = Summation of the theoretical displacement for all compressors in system.
94
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
RESERVOIR PRESSURE VALVES
Introduction
The function of a Reservoir Pressure Valve is to control pressure
in an oil reservoir.
Applications
A reservoir pressure valve is used in a Low Pressure Oil
Management System. It is used to vent pressure in the oil reservoir
while still maintaining a positive pressure differential between the
reservoir and the compressor crankcase. This positive pressure
ensures an adequate oil supply to the oil level regulators. The
reservoir pressure valve is piped to suction pressure.
These valves are suitable for use with HCFC, HFC and CO2
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
S-9104 Series
Features
Benefits
1. Proven design.
2. Three different pressure settings.
3. Premium quality neoprene seal.
1.
2.
3.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,000 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 120oC
The valve body components are made from brass, the spring from
stainless steel and the seal from neoprene.
Long life guaranteed.
Offers flexiblitly of choice.
Superior sealing properties across a wide range of
applications.
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
63MM
20.6MM A/F
1
2
Conn. Size (Inch)
Inlet
Outlet
Weight
(kg)
CE Cat
0.35 fixed
3/8 SAE Flare Female
3/8 SAE Flare Male
0.13
SEP
S-9104H
1.4 fixed
3/8 SAE Flare Female
3/8 SAE Flare Male
0.13
SEP
S-9104XH/XHT
2.4 fixed
3/8 SAE Flare Female
3/8 SAE Flare Male
0.13
SEP
Part No.
Pressure Setting (barg)
S-9104
Selection Guidelines
The S-9104, S-9104H and S-9104XH models provide 0.35, 1.4 and
2.4 barg pressure differentials respectively. A higher pressure
differential will increase the oil flow rate from the oil reservoir
back to the compressors.
The user should select a model taking into account individual
compressor crankcase pressures along with the differential
pressure range of the oil regulators. If foaming is a concern do
not use the S-9104XH model.
www.heldon.com.au
95
Heldon
OIL STRAINERS
Introduction
The function of an Oil Strainer is to remove system debris from
the refrigerant oil. Their purpose is to protect compressors and
oil level regulators from damage.
Applications
The Henry Technologies SH-9105 oil strainer can be used in
both Low and High Pressure Oil Management Systems. The
strainer is suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants, along with
their associated oils.
Although the strainer is compatible with HFC/POE refrigerant/
oil combinations, Henry Technologies recommends the use of an
oil filter or oil filter-drier. This is due to the scavenging nature
of POE oil.
SH-9105
Greater system protection will be achieved using a filter or filterdrier element than with a mesh strainer.
Typically, a strainer is fitted immediately upstream of a mechanical
oil level regulator in order to protect the float needle valve from
debris. This in turn protects the compressor from damage.
Note: The SH-9105 Oil Strainer replaced the Heldon 3500-083
Oil Strainer.
Features
Benefits
1. Large screen area ensuring maximum capacity and long
service.
2. Low pressure drop.
3. Stainless steel screen.
4. 3/8" MSAE connections.
1. Provides trouble free service for longer.
Dimensions and Capacities
Materials of Construction
2. No performace penalties.
3. Efficient removal of harmful particulates.
4. Easy installation and replacement.
The main body and connections are made from carbon steel.
The mesh screen is made from stainless steel.
Installation - Main Issues
Conn. Size
(Inch)
Part No.
SH-9105
96
Dimmensions
(mm)
1.
The oil strainer must be installed in accordance with the
flow direction arrow.
2.
It is recommended to install valves on either side of the filter
to allow the filter to be isolated for easier replacement should
the mesh screen become blocked.
Screen Data
Inlet
Outlet
A
B
Area
mm2
3/8 SAE Flare
3/8 SAE Flare
153
66
8,952
Mesh
200
Technical Specification
Weight
(kg)
0.37
Allowable Operating Pressure = 4,500 kPa
Manufactured in Accordance with:
UL207 & PED97/23
Allowable Operating Temperature:
-10oC to 120oC
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
OIL FILTERS AND OIL FILTER DRIERS
Introduction
The function of an Oil Filter-Drier is to remove both system
debris and moisture from the refrigerant oil. Their purpose is
to protect compressors and oil level regulators from damage.
Applications
The Henry Technologies S-4004 oil filter and S-4005 oil filter-drier
can be used in both Low and High Pressure Oil Management
Systems.
Models are suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants along with
their associated oils.
The unique drying features of the S-4005 model are particularly
suited for systems using POE oil. This type of oil is more
hydroscopic than mineral oil. This means that POE oil absorbs
moisture at a much higher rate. Moisture in a refrigeration system
can produce problems and/or harmful conditions.
One S-4004 or S-4005 model can be fitted in the oil return line
between the oil separator and oil reservoir, instead of fitting one
oil strainer per oil level regulator. These models will also remove
more debris than traditional oil strainers.
Features S-4004 Model
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
High flow capacity with low pressure drop.
Large filter area.
Micronic filtration.
Eliminates the need to fit individual oil return line strainers.
Maximum performance.
Longer service life.
Rated at 10 mictons.
Less components required.
S-4005 and SH-4005 models
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
High flow capacity with low pressure drop.
Large filter area.
Micronic filtration.
High level of drying.
Eliminates the need to fit individual oil return line strainers.
1. Maximum performance.
2. Longer service life.
3. Rated at 6 microns.
4. Oil moisture levels contained.
5. Less components required.
Technical Specification
Installation – Main issues
S-4004 model
1.
Allowable Operating Pressure = 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 100oC
Filter surface area = 3,065 cm2
Filter particle retention = 10 micron
The oil filter or filter-drier must be installed in accordance
with the flow direction arrow.
2.
Units should be replaced after a 101 kPa (15 psig) pressure
drop has been detected. Pressure drop can be detected
by fitting Schrader valves before and after the unit. It is
recommended to install valves on either side of the unit to
allow the unit to be isolated for easier replacement should
the filter become blocked.
3.
For low pressure oil management systems, oil filters and
filter-driers should be located between the oil separator
and oil reservoir, not between the oil reservoir and the oil
regulator.
S-4005 model
Allowable Operating Pressure = 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 100oC
Filter surface area = 3,000 cm2
Filter particle retention = 6 micron
Drier = 131cm3 of XH9 desiccant
SH-4005 model
Same as S-4005, except Allowable Operating Pressure = 4,000 kPa
www.heldon.com.au
97
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
S-4004
S-4005/SH-4005
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Schrader Valve
(S-4005) model only
Part No.
S-4004
98
Conn Size (Inch)
Dimensions (mm)
Inlet
Outlet
A
B
MWP
(kPa)
Weight
(kg)
3/8 SAE Flare
3/8 SAE Flare
188
102
3,100
1.93
S-4005
3/8 SAE Flare
3/8 SAE Flare
251
76
3,100
1.55
SH-4005
3/8 SAE Flare
3/8 SAE Flare
251
76
4,000
1.55
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
DEMOUNTABLE OIL FILTERS
Introduction
The function of the demountable oil filter is to remove system
debris. The purpose is to protect compressors and oil level
regulators from damage.
To achieve these outcomes Heldon manufacture and supply
proven strainers and filters as well as both mechanical and
electronic oil level controllers that are suitable for all fluorinated
refrigerants as well as both mineral and synthetic oils.
Application
The demountable series oil filters can be used in both Low and
High Pressure Oil Management Systems. The filters are suitable
for Hydrocarbon, HCFC and HFC refrigerants, along with their
associated oils.
Typically, an oil filter is fitted immediately upstream of an oil level
regulator in order to protect the float needle valve from debris.
This in turn protects the compressor from damage.
3500 & 3501 Series
The filtration size is rated to 10 microns. By employing a pleated
membrane design and a large surface area the pressure is kept
to a minimum.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pleated membrane.
Suitable for all fluorinated refrigerant oils.
Rated to 10 microns.
Mounting bracket standard with 3500-1RL assembly.
Maximum surface area with minimal pressure drop.
Flexiblity of application.
Picks up the smallest of debris.
Ready for installation.
Dimensions and Capacities
Part No.
Description
Acess
Connector
MSAE
Inlet/Outlet
3500-1
Complete Oil Filter Assembly
1/4
3/8 NPT
172
89
130
3200
3500-1RL
Complete Oil Filter Assembly
1/4
3/4 RL
172
89
130
3200
Oil Filter Cartridge
-
-
126
66
-
-
3501-1
Dimensions (mm)
3500-1RL
A
B
C
SWP
(kPa)
3501-1
S
www.heldon.com.au
99
Heldon
OIL REGULATOR SHUT-OFF VALVES
Introduction
The function of Oil Regulator Shut-off valves is to provide a
means for equipment isolation. Horizontal and vertical models
are available.
Applications
These valves are positioned on the oil inlet and equalisation pipe
lines of Henry Technologies Oil Level Regulators. This allows
each oil level regulator to be isolated in the event that servicing
is required on the compressor, oil level regulator, strainer, etc.
S-9106 Series
The valves are suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants, along
with their associated oils.
On request, these valves can be supplied with a higher pressure
rating for sub-critical CO2 and R410A applications.
Features
Benefits
1. Two mounting options – horizontal and vertical.
2. 360o positioning via swivel connection.
1. Flexiblity of application.
2. Adjustable to position as required.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,450 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -10oC to 100oC
The main body and swivel nut are made from brass. The stem
is made from plated steel. The stem seal cap is made from
moulded plastic.
Dimensions
1.
2.
3.
4.
Part No.
100
Conn. Size (Inch)
Dimensions (mm)
Fixed
Swivel
A
B
C
Vertical type.
Horizontal type.
Fixed connection.
Swivel connection.
Type
Weight
(kg)
0.14
S-9106E
1/4 SAE Flare
1/4 SAE Female Flare
102
37
27
Vertical
S-9106H
3/8 SAE Flare
3/8 SAE Female Flare
92
27
39
Horizontal
0.16
S-9106V
3/8 SAE Flare
3/8 SAE Female Flare
104
39
32
Vertical
0.17
S-9106EH
1/4 SAE Flare
1/4 SAE Female Flare
92
27
27
Horizonal
0.15
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
POSITIVE OIL EXCHANGE VALVES
Introduction
The Positive Oil Exchange Valve is an efficient and time saving
servicing tool for the removal and replacement of compressor
crankcase oil.
The valves are primarily intended for semi-hermetic type
compressors. The valves are suitable for HCFC and HFC
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
9298
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Reduces service time and cost.
Designed for oil charge and drain.
Pressure gauge connection with Schrader valve.
Full port valve.
Designed for permanent installation onto the compressor.
Minimises labour.
Reduced chances of oil spillage.
allows systems access.
Faster charging and draining.
Beneficial for future servicing.
Technical Specification
1. Side Connection Oil outlet
2. Side connectionSchrader service part
3. Compressor
connection.
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 3,450 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -29oC to 120oC
Materials of Construction
The valve body is made from brass and the stem from plated steel.
The stem seal cap is made from brass or nylon. The SAE Flare and
Schrader port seal caps are made from nylon. The draw pipe is
made from Teflon tube.
Installation
1.
For safety reasons the SAE flare seal cap (identified by the
location strap) should not be exposed to system pressure.
2.
Full instructions are given in the Product Installation Sheet,
included with each valve.
Note: 9297 valve illustrated. 9298 valve has a longer cap as
per photograph above.
Dimensions
Conn. Size
(Inch)
Part No.
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Side
Bottom
A
B
C
D
9297
1/4 MSAE
1/8 MPT
34
254
285
317
0.23
9298
1/4 MSAE
1/4 MPT
34
257
284
350
0.30
www.heldon.com.au
101
Heldon
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
Introduction
The function of a Pressure Relief Valve is to protect against overpressure. For safety reasons, excessive over-pressure in any part
of the refrigeration system must be avoided.
A typical application for a Henry Technologies pressure relief valve
(PRV) is to protect a liquid receiver from being over-pressurised.
In the event of a fire, any liquid refrigerant inside the receiver
will evaporate resulting in an increase in pressure. The PRV will
safely control this increase in pressure by venting the vapour
from the receiver. Another application is to protect equipment
from compressor over-pressure.
Henry Technologies pressure relief valves are designed to
discharge vapour and should not be used to vent liquid refrigerant.
The valves are “back-pressure dependent” and are therefore
required to discharge to atmosphere. The brass and stainless
steel series valves are suitable for use with HCFC and HFC
refrigerant gases. The stainless steel series valves are also
suitable for ammonia.
How it Works
It is recommended to have a relief valve pressure setting at least
25% higher than the maximum system operating pressure. The
PRV set pressure should not be higher than the design pressure
(MWP) of the vessel.
A conventional PRV is designed to open at a predetermined
pressure - the set pressure. A spring exerts a sealing force on
a valve seat via a piston seal assembly. At a pressure equal to
the set pressure, the piston will start to lift resulting in a small
amount of flow through the valve. From this point, the pressure
force acting on the piston increases significantly and overcomes
the spring force. This imbalance of forces causes the valve to “pop”
fully open. By design, the difference in pressure from the valve
set point to the fully open condition is no more than 10%. System
pressure is controlled/reduced by venting the refrigerant vapour
through the valve. The valve then re-closes at a pressure where
the spring force overcomes the piston force. Under normal system
operating conditions, the pressure at the valve inlet is below the
set pressure. Only under abnormal operating conditions should
the PRV be open.
Features
Benefits
1. Proven safe design.
2. Compliance as listed to: Cateogory IV PED, ASME Section
VIII Div. 1 or ISO 4126.
3. High flow capacity.
4. Compact.
5. Teflon valve seal.
6. Blow-out proof seal design.
7. Seal material with high chemical resistance.
8. Tamper proof.
9. Certified test pressure.
10. Customer specified set pressures available.
1. Reliable.
2. Guaranteed performance.
Once a PRV has discharged, replacement is recommended, as the
set pressure can no longer be guaranteed. Refer to Installation
Section for further information.
In line with the Institute of Refrigeration Guidelines (UK), Henry
Technologies recommend that a PRV should be replaced at least
every 5 years. These intervals may have to be reduced if other
regulations apply.
3. Quick discharge.
4. Easier installation.
5. Prevents valve seat from sticking closed.
6. Prevents leakage.
7. Durability.
8. Factory set and sealed.
9. Certificates available on request.
10. Suitable for non-standard applications.
Technical Specification
All Henry Technologies PRV’s are designed and manufactured to
ASME VIII Division 1, Category IV PED or ISO 40126.
For 526, 5230 and 5231 series models:
Set Pressure Range 200-450 psig = 1,400 kPa to 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 107oC
For 5232 and 524 series models:
Set Pressure Range 150-450 psig = 1,030 kPa to 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 107oC
102
For 53 series model:
Set Pressure Range 150-450 psig =1,030 kPa to 3,100 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -29oC to +135oC
For 5231AX and 5231BX series models:
Set Pressure Range 150-667 psig = 10.3 to 46 barg
Allowable operating Range = -40oC to 120oC
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Selection of Relief Valves
Relief Valve Capacity Ratings:
Henry Pressure Relief Valves conform to the “American Standard
Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration (ANSI/ASHRAE 15).”
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 and ASME VIII Division 1 both state that a
relief valve setting is not to exceed the design working pressure
of the vessel on which the relief valve is installed. The discharge
capacity required is based on the size of the vessel and the
refrigerant used. The discharge capacity of relief valves varies
with the pressure setting. The capacities of Henry Relief Valves
at various pressure settings are available by contacting Heldon
Products Australia.
Rated in either pounds of air per minute (lbs/min air) or kilograms of air
per minute (kg/min air), Henry Pressure Relief valves are constructed
and marked in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Section
VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel code). These valves are also
approved by many local refrigeration and air conditioning codes in the
USA and Canada for relief of excess pressure.
Whenever conditions permit it is highly advisable to have the
relief valve pressure setting (which must not exceed the design
working pressure of the vessel) at least 25% higher than the
normal maximum operating pressure for the refrigerant used.
In addition, these valves are stamped with the ASME UV symbol
and NB to indicate National Board Certification.
In Australia, these valves are compatible with the Australian
Standard AS 1271-2003 (Safety valves, other valves, liquid level
gauges, and other fittings for boilers and unfired pressure
vessels). Compliant to AS 1271 based on the tests carried out
for the ASME compliance.
Materials of Construction
For all 52 series valves, the main body and outlet connection are
made from brass. Valve internals such as the piston and adjusting
gland are either made from brass, plated steel or stainless steel.
For the 53 series valves, the main body is made from stainless
steel. The outlet connection and valve internals are made from
either plated steel or stainless steel.
For all valves, the seal is made from premium quality Teflon
(PTFE). All springs are made from high strength plated alloy steel.
Standard Pressure Settings
Brass
Steel
High Pressure
psig
barg
psig
barg
psig
barg
150
10.34
150
10.34
500
34.47
235
16.20
250
17.24
550
37.92
300
20.68
300
20.68
600
41.37
350
24.13
-
-
650
44.82
400
27.58
-
-
675
46.54
450
31.03
-
-
-
-
Important: Orders must specify pressure setting.
Certification: Available if requested on purchase order.
www.heldon.com.au
103
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Straight Through Relief Valves - Certified to ASME Section VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)
Connection Size (Inch)
Part No.
Set Pressure
(PSIG)
Capacity Rating
(Lbs/min air / Kg/min air)
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Inlet
Outlet
Length A2
Orifice Diameter
5230-150
1/4 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
150
5 lbs / 2.27 kg
80.26
6.35
0.17
5230-235
1/4 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
235
7.6 lbs / 3.45 kg
80.26
6.35
0.17
5230-300
1/4 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
300
9.6 lbs / 4.36 kg
80.26
6.35
0.17
5230-350
1/4 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
350
11.2 lbs / 5.08 kg
80.26
6.35
0.17
5230-400
1/4 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
400
12.7 lbs / 5.76 kg
80.26
6.35
0.17
5230-450
1/4 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
450
14.3 lbs / 6.49 kg
80.26
6.35
0.17
5231-150
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
150
5 lbs / 2.27 kg
80.26
6.35
0.18
5231-235
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
235
7.6 lbs / 3.45 kg
80.26
6.35
0.18
5231-300
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
300
9.6 lbs / 4.36 kg
80.26
6.35
0.18
5231-350
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
350
11.2 lbs / 5.08 kg
80.26
6.35
0.18
5231-400
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
400
12.7 lbs / 5.76 kg
80.26
6.35
0.18
5231-450
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
450
14.3 lbs / 6.49 kg
80.26
6.35
0.18
5232B-150
1/2 MNPT
1/2 FNPT
150
12.6 Ibs / 5.72 kg
102.11
11.10
0.44
5232B-235
1/2 MNPT
1/2 FNPT
235
19.1 Ibs / 8.66 kg
102.11
11.10
0.44
5232B-300
1/2 MNPT
1/2 FNPT
300
24.2 lbs / 10.98 kg
102.11
11.10
0.44
5232B-350
1/2 MNPT
1/2 FNPT
350
28 lbs / 12.7 kg
102.11
11.10
0.44
5232B-400
1/2 MNPT
1/2 FNPT
400
31.9 lbs / 14.5 kg
102.11
11.10
0.44
5232B-450
1/2 MNPT
1/2 FNPT
450
35.7 lbs / 16.19 kg
102.11
11.10
0.44
5242N3/4-150
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
150
13.1 lbs / 5.94 kg
95.00
7.93
0.47
5242N3/4-235
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
235
19.9 lbs / 9.03 kg
95.00
7.93
0.47
5242N3/4-300
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
300
25.1 lbs / 11.39 kg
95.00
7.93
0.47
5242N3/4-350
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
350
29.2 lbs / 13.25 kg
95.00
7.93
0.47
5242N3/4-400
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
400
33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg
95.00
7.93
0.47
0.47
5242N3/4-450
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
450
37.2 lbs / 16.87 kg
95.00
7.93
* 5340N1/2-150
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
150
13.1 lbs / 5.94 kg
93.98
7.93
0.43
* 5340N1/2-235
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
235
19.9 lbs / 9.03 kg
93.98
7.93
0.43
* 5340N1/2-300
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
300
25.1 lbs / 11.39 kg
93.98
7.93
0.43
* 5340N1/2-350
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
350
29.2 lbs / 13.25 kg
93.98
7.93
0.43
* 5340N1/2-400
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
400
33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg
93.98
7.93
0.43
* 5340N1/2-450
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
450
37.2 lbs / 16.87 kg
93.98
7.93
0.43
5244-3/4-150
3/4 MNPT
1 FNPT
150
33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-3/4-235
3/4 MNPT
1 FNPT
235
50.5 lbs / 22.91 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-3/4-300
3/4 MNPT
1 FNPT
300
63.8 lbs / 28.94 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-3/4-350
3/4 MNPT
1 FNPT
350
73.9 lbs / 33.52 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-3/4-400
3/4 MNPT
1 FNPT
400
84.1lbs / 38.15 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-3/4-450
3/4 MNPT
1 FNPT
450
94.3 lbs / 42.77 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-1-150
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
150
33.2 lbs / 15.06 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-1-235
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
235
50.5 lbs / 22.91 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-1-300
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
300
63.8 lbs / 28.94 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5244-1-350
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
350
73.9 lbs / 33.52 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
* Suitable for Ammonia
104
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Straight Through Relief Valves - Certified to ASME Section VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)
Connection Size (Inch)
Inlet
Outlet
Set Pressure
(PSIG)
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
400
Part No.
5244-1-400
Capacity Rating
(Lbs/min air / Kg/min air)
84.1lbs / 38.15 kg
Dimensions (mm)
Length
A2
Orifice
Diameter
105.66
12.70
Weight
(kg)
0.66
5244-1-450
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
450
94.3 lbs / 42.77 kg
105.66
12.70
0.66
5246N1-1/4-150
1 1/4 MNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
150
44.6 lbs / 20.23 kg
160.02
13.49
1.18
5246N1-1/4-235
1 1/4 MNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
235
67.8 lbs / 30.75 kg
160.02
13.49
1.18
5246N1-1/4-300
1 1/4 MNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
300
85.2 lbs / 38.65 kg
160.02
13.49
1.18
5246N1-1/4-350
1 1/4 MNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
350
99.1 lbs / 44.95 kg
160.02
13.49
1.18
5246N1-1/4-400
1 1/4 MNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
400
112.8 lbs / 51.17 kg
160.02
13.49
1.18
5246N1-1/4-450
1 1/4 MNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
450
126.4 lbs / 57.33 kg
160.02
13.49
1.18
5235A-500
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
500
31.2 lbs / 14.15 kg
111.76
6.35
0.51
5235A-550
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
550
34.2 lbs / 15.51 kg
111.76
6.35
0.51
5235A-600
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
600
37.2 lbs / 16.87 kg
111.76
6.35
0.51
5235A-650
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
650
40.3 lbs / 18.28 kg
111.76
6.35
0.51
5235A-675
1/2 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
675
41.8 lbs / 18.96 kg
111.76
6.35
0.51
Angle Relief Valves - Certified to ASME Section VIII, Division 1 (Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code)
Connection Size (Inch)
Capacity Rating
(Lbs/min air / Kg/min air)
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Inlet
Outlet
Set Pressure
(PSIG)
526E-150
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
150
5 lbs / 2.27 kg
75.18
N/A
35.81
6.35
526E-235
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
235
7.6 lbs / 3.45 kg
75.18
N/A
35.81
6.35
0.18
526E-300
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
300
9.6 lbs / 4.36 kg
75.18
N/A
35.81
6.35
0.18
526E-350
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
350
11.2 lbs / 5.08 kg
75.18
N/A
35.81
6.35
0.18
Part No.
Length
A1
Length
A3
Length
B
Orifice
Diameter
0.18
526E-400
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
400
12.7 lbs / 5.76 kg
75.18
N/A
35.81
6.35
0.18
526E-450
3/8 MNPT
3/8 MSAE
450
14.3 lbs / 6.49 kg
75.18
N/A
35.81
6.35
0.18
527E-150
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
150
12.6 Ibs / 5.72 kg
96.77
N/A
43.69
11.10
0.39
527E-235
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
235
19.1 Ibs / 8.66 kg
96.77
N/A
43.69
11.10
0.39
527E-300
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
300
24.2 lbs / 10.98 kg
96.77
N/A
43.69
11.10
0.39
527E-350
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
350
28 lbs / 12.7 kg
96.77
N/A
43.69
11.10
0.39
527E-400
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
400
31.9 lbs / 14.5 kg
96.77
N/A
43.69
11.10
0.39
527E-450
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
450
35.7 lbs / 16.19 kg
96.77
N/A
43.69
11.10
0.39
*5600-150
1/2 FNPT
3/4 FNPT
150
30.9 lbs / 14.02 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.63
*5600-250
1/2 FNPT
3/4 FNPT
250
49.9 lbs / 22.63 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.63
*5600-300
1/2 FNPT
3/4 FNPT
300
59.4 lbs / 26.94 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.63
*5601-150
1/2 FNPT
1 FNPT
150
35.8 lbs / 16.24 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.56
*5601-250
1/2 FNPT
1 FNPT
250
57.7 lbs / 26.17 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.56
*5601-300
1/2 FNPT
1 FNPT
300
68.7lbs / 31.16 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.56
*5602-150
3/4 FNPT
1 FNPT
150
35.8 lbs / 16.24 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.54
*5602-250
3/4 FNPT
1 FNPT
250
57.7 lbs / 26.17 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.54
*5602-300
3/4 FNPT
1 FNPT
300
68.7lbs / 31.16 kg
N/A
68.33
41.40
12.70
1.54
*5603-150
1 FNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
150
37.5 lbs / 17.01 kg
N/A
73.15
50.80
12.70
2.16
*5603-250
1 FNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
250
60.4 lbs / 27.39 kg
N/A
73.15
50.80
12.70
2.16
*5603-300
1 FNPT
1 1/4 FNPT
300
71.9 lbs / 32.61 kg
N/A
73.15
50.80
12.70
2.16
*5604-150
1 1/4 FNPT
1 1/2 FNPT
150
72.0 lbs / 32.65 kg
N/A
104.9
58.67
17.86
2.95
*5604-250
1 1/4 FNPT
1 1/2 FNPT
250
116.1 lbs / 52.65 kg
N/A
104.9
58.67
17.86
2.95
*5604-300
1 1/4 FNPT
1 1/2 FNPT
300
138.1 lbs / 62.65 kg
N/A
104.9
58.67
17.86
2.95
* Suitable for Ammonia
www.heldon.com.au
105
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Straight Through Relief Valves - Certified to Cetegory IV PED
Connection Size (Inch)
Inlet
Outlet
5231A-10.3 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
150
N/A
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-14.0 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
200
10.8 lbs / 4.9 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-16.2 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
235
12.79 lbs / 5.8 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-20.7 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
300
16.1 lbs / 7.3 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-24.1 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
350
18.5 Ibs / 8.4 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-24.8 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
360
19.0 Ibs / 8.6 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-27.6 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
400
21.2 lbs / 9.6 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231A-31.0 BAR-CE
3/8 MNPT
1/2 MSAE
450
23.8 lbs / 10.8 kg
85
6.35
0.19
5231B-10.3 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
150
N/A
91
6.35
0.22
5231B-14.0 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
200
10.8 lbs / 4.9 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5231B -16.2 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
235
12.79 lbs / 5.8 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5231B-20.7 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
300
16.1 lbs / 7.3 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5231B-24.1 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
350
18.5 Ibs / 8.4 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5231B-24.8 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
360
19.0 Ibs / 8.6 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5231B-27.6 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
400
21.2 lbs / 9.6 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5231B-31.0 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
5/8 MSAE
450
23.8 lbs / 10.8 kg
91
6.35
0.22
5232A-10.3 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
150
18.5 lbs / 8.4 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-14.0 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
200
25.4 lbs / 11.5 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-16.2 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
235
28 lbs / 12.7 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-20.7 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
300
35.3 lbs / 16 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-24.1 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
350
41 lbs / 18.6 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-24.8 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
360
42.1 lbs / 19.1 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-27.6 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
400
46.8 lbs / 21.2 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5232A-31.0 BAR-CE
1/2 MNPT
3/4 MSAE
450
52.7 lbs / 23.9 kg
109
9.5
0.44
5242-10.3 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
150
18.5 lbs / 8.4 kg
95
9.5
0.45
106
Capacity Rating
(Lbs/min air / Kg/min air)
Dimensions (mm)
Set Pressure
(PSIG)
Part No.
Length A
Orifice Diameter
Weight
(kg)
5242-14.0 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
200
25.4 lbs / 11.5 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5242-16.2 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
235
28 lbs / 12.7 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5242-20.7 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
300
35.3 lbs / 16 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5242-24.1 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
350
41 lbs / 18.6 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5242-24.8 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
360
42.1 lbs / 19.1 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5242-27.6 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
400
46.8 lbs / 21.2 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5242-31.0 BAR-CE
3/4 MNPT
3/4 FNPT
450
52.7 lbs / 23.9 kg
95
9.5
0.45
5244-10.3 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
150
33.3 lbs / 15.1 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-14.0 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
200
45.6 lbs / 20.7 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-16.2 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
235
50.7 lbs / 23.0 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-20.7 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
300
64.0 lbs / 29.0 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-24.1 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
350
74.1 lbs / 33.6 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-24.8 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
360
76.1 lbs / 34.5 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-27.6 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
400
84.2 lbs / 38.2 kg
106
12.7
0.66
5244-31.0 BAR-CE
1 MNPT
1 FNPT
450
94.4 lbs / 42.8 kg
106
12.7
0.66
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Straight Through Relief Valves - ISO 4126 Complaint
Connection Size (Inch)
Capacity Rating
(Lbs/min air / Kg/min air)
Dimensions (mm)
Inlet
Outlet
Set Pressure
(PSIG)
5231AX-10.3 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
150
9.7 lbs / 4.4 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-14.0 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
200
13.2 lbs / 6.0 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-16.2 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
235
15.4 lbs / 7.0 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-20.7 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
300
19.6 lbs / 8.9 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-24.1 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
350
22.9 lbs / 10.4 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-24.8 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
360
23.6 lbs / 10.7 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-27.6 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
400
26.2 lbs / 11.9 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-31.0 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
450
29.6 lbs / 13.4 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-40.0 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
580
37.9 lbs / 17.2 kg
94
7
0.39
5231AX-46.0 BAR
3/8 NPTF
1/2 MSAE
667
43.7 lbs / 19.8 kg
94
7
0.39
5231BX-10.3 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
150
9.7 lbs / 4.4 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-14.0 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
200
13.2 lbs / 6.0 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-16.2 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
235
15.4 lbs / 7.0 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-20.7 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
300
19.6 lbs / 8.9 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-24.1 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
350
22.9 lbs / 10.4 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-24.8 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
360
23.6 lbs / 10.7 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-27.6 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
400
26.2 lbs / 11.9 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-31.0 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
450
29.6 lbs / 13.4 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-40.0 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
580
37.9 lbs / 17.2 kg
106
7
0.42
5231BX-46.0 BAR
1/2 NPTF
5/8 MSAE
667
43.7 lbs / 19.8 kg
106
7
0.42
Part No.
Length
A
Orifice
Diameter
Weight
(kg)
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
523 Series
524 Series
In accordance with ISO 4126, these valves reseat within 15% of
set pressure following a discharge. Typically, non-compliant
valves close at 50% of the set pressure. Consequently, system
refrigerant loss is minimised when employing these valves.
In addition, a fluroelastomer soft seat material provides excellent
sealing characteristics. Suitable for HFC, HCFC and CO2
refrigerant gases.
www.heldon.com.au
107
Heldon
Example
When selecting a PRV with a non-standard pressure setting, the following
formulas will help to determine the new capacity rating of the valve.
Metric Units
Imperial Units
Example:
Example:
A 523/A Series PRV to be set at the non-standard setting of
30 bar.
•
•
•
Standard Pressure Settings =
27.6 bar and 31.0 bar
Valve Capacity Rating at 27.6 bar = 9.6 kg/min air
Valve Capacity Rating at 31 bar = 10.8 kg/min air
(new Setting)
Standard Pressure Settings =
Valve Capacity Rating at 400psi =
Valve Capacity Rating at 450psi =
400 psi and 450 psi
12.7 lbs/min air
143 lbs/min air
Therefore:
Therefore:
Capacity
A 5231 PRV is to be set at the non-standard setting of 425psi.
•
•
•
=
Capacity
=
(new Setting)
P (new setting) + 1.013
x
P (std setting + 1.013
30 bar + 1.013 bar
27.6 bar + 1.013 bar
=
31.013 bar
28.613 bar
Capacity
Capacity
(std Setting)
(new Setting)
x 9.6 kg/min air
P (new setting) + 1.013
=
P (std setting + 1.013
Capacity
425 psi + 14.7 psi
=
(new Setting)
414.7 psi
(std Setting)
x 12.7
= 1.06 x 12.7
= 1.084 x 9.6
Capacity
Capacity
(new Setting)
439 psi
=
Capacity
x 12.7 lbs/min air
400 psi + 14.7 psi
x 9.6
x
Pressure Relief Valves
= 13.46 lbs/min air
(new Setting)
= 10.63 kg/min air
Selection Guidelines
For safety reasons, relief valve selection should only be carried
out by suitably qualified engineers. It is important to select/
size a relief valve taking into account all possible sources of
over-pressure such as external heat, internal heat, compressor
operation and liquid expansion. System control methodology, type
of equipment used, etc. dictates the number of over-pressure
sources that need to be taken into account for PRV selection.
Henry Technologies pressure relief valves are designed to
discharge refrigerant vapour and are therefore not recommended
for protection against liquid over pressure.
As a pressure relief valve is a safety device, it is essential that a
proper selection is made.
AS/NZS 1677.2 – 1998, Amendment 2 – 2000 is the relevant Australian
Standard employed for pressure relief valve selection purposes.
Where
C = minimum required discharge capacity of the relief device in
kilograms of air per second.
D = outside diameter of the vessel, in metres.
L = length of vessel, in metres.
ƒ = factor dependent on the refrigerant as follows:
Refrigerant
Value of ƒ
When used on the low pressure side of a limited charge cascade system:
R170, R744, R1150
0.082
R13, R13B1, R503
0.163
R14
0.203
When used in other applications:
R717
0.041
R11, R113, R123, R142B
0.082
R152A, R290, R600, R600a, R611
0.082
Paragraph 3.7.4.1 of these standard, states the following.
The minimum required discharge capacity of the pressure relief
devices for each pressure vessel related to air shall be determined
by the following equation:
R764
0.082
R-401A, R-401B
0.131
R-402A, R-404A
0.203
R-402B
0.163
C=ƒxDxL
R12, R22, R114, R134A, R-407C
0.131
108
R-410A
0.203
R-C318, R500, R1270
0.203
R115, R502
0.203
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
An example selection using this formula here for reference:
Example
Installation
A liquid receiver is to be protected from over-pressure due to fire.
Receiver dimensions = 2.2m long (L) x 0.254m outside diameter (D).
Refrigerant = R404A
Pressure setting = 20.68 barg.
Employing the formula: C = f x D x L
1.
Connect the relief valve at a location above the liquid
refrigerant level, in the vapour space. Stop valves should not
be located between the vessel and the relief valve except the
three-way type.
2.
Do not discharge the relief valve prior to installation or when
pressure testing the system.
3.
Pressure relief valves should be mounted vertically.
4.
Relief valves should be changed out after discharge. Most
systems are subject to accumulations of debris. Particles
of metal and dirt are generally blown onto relief valve seats
during discharge. This inhibits the relief valve from re-sealing
at the original set pressure. A valve can also relieve at a lower
pressure than the stamped valve setting due to the force of
the re-closing action.
5.
The pipe-work must not impose loads on the relief valve.
Loads can occur due to misalignment, thermal expansion,
discharge gas thrust, etc.
C = 0.203 x 0.254m x 2.2m
C = 0.113 kg of air per second.
This figure needs to be multiplied by 60 seconds per minute to
arrive at the final value required.
C = 0.113 kg/sec x 60 sec/minute
C = 6.78 kg/minute.
Therefore, for this example suitable models are 5232, 5232B or
527E. Each of these models is rated at 10.98 kg / minute. The final
choice depends on the preferred inlet and outlet connection sizes.
It is important not to grossly over-size a PRV as the performance
can be affected. Contact Heldon Products Australia for further
guidance.
Pressure Relief Valves
References:
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 – 2004, AS 1271 – 2003 and AS/NZS 1677.2 –
1998, Amendment 2 -2000.
www.heldon.com.au
109
Heldon
THREE-WAY DUAL SHUT-OFF VALVES
Introduction
The function of a three-way valve is to permit replacement of
one of the pressure relief devices, while the other is protecting
the pressure vessel. In this way, a vessel is protected from overpressure during servicing. It also allows a pressure relief device
to be replaced in-situ, without removing the system refrigerant
charge.
Applications
All three-way valves are suitable for HCFC and HFC refrigerants
along with their associated oils. The 802 series is also suitable
for ammonia.
92 Series
Refrigeration standard, EN378, specifies that a three-way valve
is required on vessels of a certain size. EN378, or an equivalent
National Standard, should be consulted for further guidance.
It should be recognised however that a three-way valve can be
fitted to a vessel of any size, to enable safe, easy and economical
replacement of pressure relief devices.
Features
Benefits
1. Proven robust design.
2. Compact.
1. Long life quality product.
2. Minimal lay-in length.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Allowable Operating Pressure =
0 to 4,600 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -29oC to 149oC
The 92 and 80 series valve bodies are made from brass and carbon
steel respectively. The stem is made from plated steel. The stem
seal packing is made from either PTFE or graphite based material.
The seal cap is made from moulded plastic.
Dimensions and Capacities
Installation – Main issues
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
1.
Assemble the three-way valve to a vessel using a high
strength pipe nipple.
2.
The pipe work must not impose loads on the valve. Loads can
occur due to misalignment, thermal expansion, discharge
gas thrust, etc
Dimensions (mm)
Conn. Size
(Inch)
A
B
C
D
E
Kv
(m3/hr)
CE Cat
Weight
(kg)
923
3/8 FNPT
70
52
63.5
32
91
2.80
SEP
0.51
925
1/2 FNPT
70
52
63.5
32
91
2.83
SEP
0.47
927
3/4 FNPT
70
52
70
35
100
3.48
SEP
0.70
*8021A
1/2 FNPT
92
59
86
44
146
4.78
SEP
1.47
*8022A
3/4 FNPT
92
59
86
44
146
7.60
SEP
1.33
*8024-CE
1 FNPT
148
94
99
51
191
10.07
SEP (CAT I)
3.70
*8025-CE
1 1/4 FNPT
148
94
99
51
191
14.36
CAT I (CAT II)
3.25
Part No.
* Suitable for Ammonia. Brackets indicate CE category for Ammonia use.
110
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
RUPTURE DISCS
Introduction
The function of a Rupture Disc is to protect against over-pressure.
For safety reasons, excessive over-pressure in any part of the
refrigeration system must be avoided. A rupture disc must be
used in combination with a Henry Technologies pressure relief valve.
A rupture disc protects against any leakage or weeping of
refrigerant through a relief valve. A rupture disc must also be used
in combination with a pressure gauge and/or pressure switch to
detect if a relief valve has discharged.
Henry Technologies rupture discs are designed to operate with
gases and should not be used to prevent liquid over-pressure. The
brass 55 series models are suitable for use with HCFC and HFC
refrigerant gases. The stainless steel 56 series models are also
suitable for ammonia.
In line with the Institute of Refrigeration Guidelines (UK), it is
recommended that at least every 2 years all high side bursting
discs should be replaced. At least every 5 years all low side bursting
discs should be replaced. These intervals may have to be reduced
if other regulations apply.
How it works
A foil disc is clamped in a holder. The disc is designed to burst at a
pre-determined pressure - the set pressure. A reverse acting disc
is used. This means that the disc is domed against the direction
of the fluid pressure and designed to buckle due to compression
forces, prior to bursting. Advantages of a reverse acting disc
include being less sensitive to temperature close to set point
tolerance and improved fatigue life.
Each disc is manufactured with a precision score mark. This
score mark in combination with the buckling action causes the
disc to burst. At burst, the disc is designed to hinge resulting
in a large available flow area. The disc is designed to be nonfragmenting after rupturing.
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Proven safe design.
Dual Coded - ASME & CE.
High flow capacity.
Compact.
Reverse acting, non-fragmenting disc.
2 x 1/8 NPT pressure ports.
Helium leak tested.
Non-standard pressure settings available on request.
Quality you can depend upon.
Compliance with AS1271.
Relieves pressure quickly.
Minimal lay-in length.
Will not fatique at high operating temperature and pressure.
Provision for pressure indicator and switch.
Guaranteed leak resistant.
Can be made to suit specific applications.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Set Pressure Range = 1,030 kPa to 4,600 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 107oC
For 552 and 562 series, the main bodies are made from brass and
stainless steel respectively.
The foil disc is made from Nickel alloy.
www.heldon.com.au
111
Heldon
Selection Guidelines
Example
1.
The rupture disc pressure setting must be the same as the
Henry Technologies pressure relief valve setting.
2.
The stamped burst pressure is subject to a manufacturing
tolerance of +/-5 %.
Rupture disc stamped setting = 31 barg @ 22oC
Minimum actual burst pressure, using manufacturing tolerance
= 0.95 x 31 = 29.45 barg
3.
The burst pressure is affected by operating fluid temperature.
Refer to table for temperature adjustment factors. At higher
operating temperatures the disc burst pressure is reduced
while at sub-zero temperatures it is increased. This factor
should be taken into account when specifying a rupture
disc setting.
Maximum actual burst pressure, using manufacturing tolerance
= 1.05 x 31 = 32.55 barg
Maximum operating fluid temperature = 40oC
To determine the recommended maximum operating pressure,
the user should consider the -5% manufacturing tolerance and
the de-rate factors for both temperature and fatigue life.
Therefore:
Temperature Range, oC
Temperature adjustment factor
-40 to -18
1.05
-17 to -1
1.04
0 to +45
1.00
+46 to +80
0.98
+81 to +107
0.97
4.
It is recommended that the maximum operating pressure
of the system is no more than 80% of the stamped burst
pressure, in order to minimise the risk of premature fatigue
failure of the disc. If operating pressures has exceeded 90%
of the stamped burst pressure, the disc should be replaced
immediately.
5.
The design fatigue strength of each disc is 100,000 pressure
cycles. Fatigue life will be reduced by excessive pressures
or temperatures, corrosion, damage, etc.
Minimum actual burst pressure = 29.45 barg
Temperature de-rate factor = 1.0
Fatigue life de-rate factor = 0.8
Recommended maximum operating pressure for rupture disc
= 29.45 x 1.0 x 0.8 = 23.6 barg.
Installation - Main Issues
1. Connect the rupture disc either directly to the pressure vessel
or to a three-way valve above the liquid refrigerant level in the
vapour space.
Rupture Disc manufaturing range @ 22OC
Pressure Setting (barg)
Pressure Range (barg)
10.3
9.8 - 10.8
2. The rupture disc comprises of a two-piece body design. To avoid
damage during assembly or removal, the product Installation
Instructions must be followed.
14.0
13.3 - 14.7
16.2
15.4 -17.0
17.2
16.3 - 18.0
3. The pipe work must not impose loads on the rupture disc.
20.7
19.7 - 21.7
24.1
22.9 - 25.3
24.8
23.6 - 26.0
27.6
26.2 - 29.0
31.0
29.5 - 32.6
Rupture Discs
Loads can occur due to misalignment, thermal expansion,
discharge gas thrust, etc.
112
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
1. Inlet
2. Outlet
3. Gauge Port, 1/8 NPT
4. Rupture Disc
5626 Series
Connection
Size (Inch)
Part No.
Inlet
Outlet
5525-235-CE
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
D
MNFA
mm2
(note 1)
235
5525-300-CE
5525-350-CE
Set
Pressure
(PSIG)
3/8 FNPT
5525-400-CE
350
31.8 A/F
9.7
20
64.5
24.1
27.6
5525-450-CE
450
31.0
5526-200-CE
200
14.0
5526-235-CE
235
16.2
5526-300-CE
300
5526-350-CE
1/2 FNPT
350
73
31.8 A/F
12.7
23
109.7
20.7
24.1
5526-400-CE
400
27.6
5526-450-CE
450
31.0
5626-150-CE
5626-250-CE
150
1/2 MNPT
1/2 MNPT
5626-300-CE
3/4 MNPT
5627-300-CE
1 MNPT
109.7
250
250
1 1/4
MNPT
250
Cat IV
0.30
Cat IV
17.2
0.20
Cat IV
0.34
Cat IV
0.56
Cat IV
0.76
Cat IV
10.3
81
38.1
19
29
187..1
17.2
20.7
10.3
93
44.5
25.5
32
335.5
17.2
20.7
150
1 1/4
MNPT
0.28
20.7
300
5629-150-CE
5629-300-CE
23
150
1 MNPT
5628-300-CE
5629-250-CE
12.7
300
5628-150-CE
5628-250-CE
28.6
150
3/4 MNPT
CE Cat
10.3
73
300
5627-150-CE
5627-250-CE
250
(kg)
20.7
65
400
1/2 MNPT
Weight
16.2
300
3/8 MNPT
Rupture
Disc setting
at 22oC
(barg)
10.3
95
50.8
33.3
33
300
683.9
17.2
20.7
www.heldon.com.au
113
Rupture Discs
Note 1: MNFA = Minimum net flow area. The MNFA is the net area after a complete disc burst, taking into account any structural
members which reduce the nominal flow area.
MNFA should be used as the flow area, A, in flow capacity calculations.
Heldon
PRESSURE INDICATOR
Introduction
The function of the Pressure Indicator is to provide visual
indication in the event of a rupture disc burst. If the disc has
ruptured, the pressure relief valve will have discharged and must
be replaced (refer to Technical Information - Sentry Safety Device
Assemblies).
The G15 Pressure Indicator is intended to be used as part of the
Henry Sentry safety device assembly.
The unit is suitable for use with HCFC, HFC and ammonia
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
Features
Benefits
1. Easy to read large indicator dial.
2. Stainless steel movement.
3. Plexiglas lens.
1. Positive indication of a burst rupture disc.
2. Corrosion resistant, long life.
3. Water resistance.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Allowable Operating Pressure = 0 to 4,140 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature = -40oC to 65oC
Maximum Working Pressure = 600 psi
Stainless steel case and movement.
Plexiglas dial window.
Pressure Indicator
Dimensions and Capacities
114
Part No.
Weight (kg)
CE Cat
G15
0.03
SEP
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
PRESSURE SWITCH
Introduction
The SW60 Pressure Switch provides an electrical signal when
fluid pressure is applied.
The SW60 Pressure Switch is intended to be used as part of the
Henry Technologies Sentry safety device assembly.
The unit is suitable for use with HCFC, HFC and ammonia
refrigerants, along with their associated oils.
SW60
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
CE approved.
Robust design.
IP 65 protection class.
Easy electrical connection via DIN connector.
Certified performance.
Suits field usage.
Offering good protection against water and dust ingress.
Quick and safe connections.
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Pressure Set Point = 0.34 barg rising
Switch Proof Pressure = 70 barg
Allowable Operating Ambient Temperature = -40oC to 80oC
Allowable Operating Fluid Temperature = -40oC to 120oC
The unit housing is made from stainless steel and the seal
diaphragm from neoprene.
Switch Rating = 5A, SPDT @ 120/240V AC and 12/24V DC
Electrical Connection = DIN, 1/2” conduit
Mechanical connection = 1/8” NPT
Weight = 0.14 kg
CE marked for LVD & EMC Directive
Dimensions and Capacities
1. Switch Assembly
2. DIM Connector
3. 1/2" Conduit Connection
Pressure Switch
www.heldon.com.au
115
Heldon
SENTRY SAFETY DEVICE ASSEMBLIES
Introduction
The primary purpose of a Sentry safety device assembly is to
provide a positive seal between the system and atmosphere and
facilitate an indicating device to be fitted. The indicating device
notifies the user if the pressure relief valve has discharged. This
is a requirement of Refrigeration Standard AS/NZS 1677.2.
A dual Sentry safety device assembly also provides a safe and
economical method for replacing safety devices on a pressure
vessel. Typically, this vessel will be a refrigerant liquid receiver.
The Sentry assembly protects the receiver from over-pressure.
The Sentry safety device assemblies comprise a number of
items from the Henry Technologies product range. There are
two versions; a single safety device assembly and a dual safety
device assembly.
The single safety device assembly comprises of a pressure relief
valve, rupture disc, pressure indicator gauge and an optional
pressure switch.
The dual safety device assembly comprises two pressure relief
valves, two rupture discs, two pressure indicator gauges, two
optional pressure switches and a three way valve.
Each pressure relief device must have the required capacity to
protect the vessel from over-pressure.
For both assemblies, a 1/8” NPT rupture disc blanking plug is
required if the user does not fit both the pressure gauge and
pressure switch. For the dual assembly, a pipe nipple is normally
required to assemble the three-way valve to the pressure vessel.
In general, the user needs to order the individual items in each
assembly. For popular combinations, SDK safety device kits are
available.
Applications and Features
In line with the Institute of Refrigeration Guidelines (UK), Henry
Technologies recommend that pressure relief valves and low side
rupture discs be replaced at least every 5 years. All high side
rupture discs should be replaced every 2 years. These intervals
may have to be reduced if other regulations apply. The dual Sentry
assembly provides a convenient solution for the replacement of
safety devices along with other user benefits.
The features of a dual Sentry Assembly are:-
Technical Information
1.
Safe, easy and economical maintenance
The three-way valve permits replacement of one of the relief
devices, while the other is protecting the pressure vessel.
In this way, a vessel is protected from over-pressure during
servicing. It also allows a pressure relief device to be replaced
in-situ, without removing the system refrigerant charge.
2.
Protection against over-pressure
The rupture disc and relief valve will open at a pre-determined
value to prevent excessive pressure.
3.
Code Compliance
Refrigeration Codes specify that a three-way valve is required
on vessels of a certain size.
4.
Hermetic Sealing
During normal operation, the rupture disc prevents any
leakage or weeping of refrigerant through the relief valve.
5.
Warning of safety device discharge
Both the pressure gauge and pressure switch indicate if the
116
relief valve has discharged. The pressure gauge provides a
visual indication. The pressure switch provides an electrical
signal which can be used as an alarm.
6.
Inter-space monitoring
The pressure gauge and pressure indicator must be used
to check that the bursting disc is intact. This provides a
warning in case there is a build up of pressure behind the
disc, as a result of damage. Any back pressure will increase
the design relief pressure of the rupture disc.
In comparison, the features of a single Sentry assembly are;
protection against over-pressure, hermetic sealing, warning of
safety device discharge and inter-space monitoring.
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
Figure 1
Figure 2
1. Pipe nipple
2. Three-way valve
3. G15 gauge
(no pressure applied)
4. Rupture disc
5. SW60 Pressure switch
(optional)
6. Relief valve
7. Plug, 1/8 NPT
8. G15 gauge
(pressure applied)
Sentry Assembly Combinations
The table shows some example of the recommended relief valve,
rupture disc and three-way valve combinations. Please refer to
the relief valve catalogue pages for outlet connection sizes.
Figure 3
Relief Valves
Part No.
Rupture Disc
Part No.
Three Way Valve
Part No.
Connection Size
(Inch)
526E
5525
923
3/8
5231A
5525
923
3/8
5231B
5526
925
1/2
5232A
5526
8021 or 925
1/2
(see note)
5340
5626
8021A
1/2
5242
5627
8022A or 927
3/4
(see note)
5244
5628
8024
1
5246
5629
8025
1 1/4
Note: Where possible it is best to select the three way valve with the
larger KV value.
Figure 4
How it works
The diagram (Figure 3) shows the rupture disc intact. Normal
system pressure acts on the rupture disc. There is no pressure
in the chamber between the rupture disc and relief valve. Note
that the pressure is diverted to one side of the three-way valve
only, allowing the valve on the other side to be safely removed,
if required.
www.heldon.com.au
117
Technical Information
The diagram (Figure 4) shows the rupture disc burst. The pressure
is now contained by the relief valve only. The pressure switch
would now detect the pressure in the chamber between the
rupture disc and relief valve. The gauge, if fitted, would indicate
that pressure is acting in this chamber. In this condition, the relief
valve will have discharged due to system over-pressure. Both the
relief valve and rupture disc now need to be replaced.
Heldon
SAFETY DEVICE KITS
Introduction
The function of a Safety Device Kit is to protect against overpressure. For safety reasons, excessive over-pressure in any part
of the refrigeration system must be avoided.
SDK 1
Two kits are available, SDK1 and SDK2.
The SDK1 kit is a single safety device assembly. It comprises of a
pressure relief valve, rupture disc, pressure indicator gauge and
a 1/8” NPT rupture disc blanking plug.
The SDK2 kit is a dual safety device assembly. It comprises of two
pressure relief valves, two rupture discs, two pressure indicator
gauges, two blanking plugs, a three-way valve and a 1/2” NPT
pipe nipple.
SDK 2
A typical application for a Henry Technologies Safety Device Kit
is to protect a liquid receiver from being over-pressurised. Refer
to the catalogue pages for a description on the function of each
individual component.
The kits are designed for use with HCFC and HFC refrigerants,
along with their associated oils
Features
Benefits
1. Combines Henry Technologies relief devices in one easy-toorder kit.
2. Components packed into compact display carton.
3. Easy to store.
1. Compatible kits make selection easy.
2. Great for wholesaler displays.
3. Easier warehousing.
Technical Specification
Selection Data
Refer to the catalogue pages for the maximum operating
pressures and temperatures for each item.
Selection of relief devices should be as outlined in respective
catalogue pages. Ensure that relief valve selection guidance is
followed prior to ordering of kits.
Materials of Construction
Safety Kits
The main components for the SDK kits are made from brass
and steel. Refer to individual catalogue pages for details on each
component.
118
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Contents of Kits
Part No.
Relief Valve
Rupture Disc
Indicator Gauge
Part No.
Q'ty
Part No.
Q'ty
Part No.
Q'ty
SDK1-14.0BAR-CE
5231B-14.0 BAR-CE
1
5526-14.0 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
SDK1-16.2BAR-CE
5231B-16.2 BAR-CE
1
5526-16.2 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
SDK1-20.7BAR-CE
5231B-20.7 BAR-CE
1
5526-20.7 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
SDK1-24.1BAR-CE
5231B-24.1 BAR-CE
1
5526-24.1 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
SDK1-24.8BAR-CE
5231B-24.8 BAR-CE
1
5526-24.8 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
SDK1-27.6BAR-CE
5231B-27.6 BAR-CE
1
5526-27.6 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
SDK1-31.0BAR-CE
5231B-31.0 BAR-CE
1
5526-31.0 BAR-CE
1
G15
1
Part No.
Relief Valve
Part No.
Rupture Disc
Q'ty
Part No.
Indicator Gauge
Q'ty
Part No.
Three-way Valve
Q'ty
Part No.
Q'ty
SDK2-14.0BAR-CE
5231B-14.0 BAR-CE
2
5526-14.0 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
SDK2-16.2BAR-CE
5231B-16.2 BAR-CE
2
5526-16.2 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
SDK2-20.7BAR-CE
5231B-20.7 BAR-CE
2
5526-20.7 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
SDK2-24.1BAR-CE
5231B-24.1 BAR-CE
2
5526-24.1 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
SDK2-24.8BAR-CE
5231B-24.8 BAR-CE
2
5526-24.8 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
SDK2-27.6BAR-CE
5231B-27.6 BAR-CE
2
5526-27.6 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
SDK2-31.0BAR-CE
5231B-31.0 BAR-CE
2
5526-31.0 BAR-CE
2
G15
2
925
1
Safety Kits
www.heldon.com.au
119
Heldon
LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES
Introduction
The function of a Liquid Level Switch is detect and monitor liquid
levels. The level switch can be installed in a number of locations
in the refrigeration system such as liquid receivers, suction line
accumulators and compressor crankcases.
The range is designed for use with HCFC, HFC and ammonia
refrigerants, along with their associated oils. A 1” MNPT level
switch is recommended for ammonia applications. For other
refrigerant/oil combinations, please contact Heldon Products.
The S-94 series electronic level switches use infrared light
reflecting from a conical glass prism as a means of detecting the
absence of fluid at the level of the glass cone. An integral part
of the switch is an infrared module, containing a light emitter
and receiver.
When no fluid covers the lower half of the cone, infrared light from
the emitter reflects from the inner surface of the cone back to the
receiver. This signals the module to switch. When fluid covers the
lower half of the cone, the light from the emitter disperses into
the fluid. The resulting absence of reflected light is detected by
the receiver and the module switches in the opposite direction.
S-94 Series
Features
Benefits
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Patented optical sensor technology. *
Robust design.
Serviceable without refrigerant loss.
No moving parts.
Fused glass hermetic seal.
Infrared model gives great accuracy.
Suits the toughest conditions.
No need for plant isolation when servicing.
Simple and reliable.
Avoids leak paths.
*US patent 5278426
Technical Specification
Materials of Construction
Allowable Operating Pressure: 0 to 4,600 kPa
Allowable Operating Temperature: -40oC to 99oC
The switch consists of a plated steel body with a built-in fused
glass prism.
Liquid Level Switches
Mounting: Horizontal only
Supply voltage: Refer to table
Switch inductive rating: 36VA pilot duty rated
Contact life: Over 1 million cycles at rated electrical load
Power for operation: 3.5mA AC, 5.5mA DC
Minimum load: 2mA (without bleed resistor)
Resistive rating: Refer to table
Contacts, power off: Normally Open (NO)
Contacts, power on: Refer to table (liquid present)
Customer interface: Refer to table
120
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
1. Fixed glass prism
2. Relay Module
replaceable)
3. Black lead; L1/AC,
(+)/DC
4. White (or White with
a stripe) lead; L2/AC,
(-)/DC
5. Relay output, see table
for lead colour
S-94 Series
Part No.
Voltage
Resistive
Rating
Dimensions
Contacts
with Liquid
Present
Wire Colour
Code
Mounting
Thread Size
A
A/F
(mm)
B
Length
(mm)
C
Weight
(kg)
S-9420
208/240V 50/60 Hz
0.25 Amp
Closed
Red & White
1/2 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9420-1
208/240V 50/60 Hz
0.25 Amp
Closed
Red & White
1 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9420A
208/240V 50/60 Hz
0.25 Amp
Open
Red & White/Stripe
1/2 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9420A-1
208/240V 50/60 Hz
0.25 Amp
Open
Red & White/Stripe
1 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9424
24V AC/DC
0.5 Amp
Closed
Orange & White
1/2 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9424-1
24V AC/DC
0.5 Amp
Closed
Orange & White
1 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9424A
24V AC/DC
0.5 Amp
Open
Orange & White/Stripe
1/2 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
S-9424A-1
24V AC/DC
0.5 Amp
Open
Orange & White/Stripe
1 MNPT
31.8
192
0.22
The optional 1” MNPT level switches allow the unit to be
mounted closer to the inner wall of the vessel. This eliminates
the potential for a pool of liquid next to the glass prism, which
can be detrimental to performance. A 1” MNPT level switch is
recommended for ammonia applications where residue can build
up on the glass prism.
Installation - Main Issues
Install a level switch horizontally. If the unit is mounted at
an angle or vertically, liquid can be trapped which will cause
switching problems.
2.
Ensure that no object is within 50mm of the glass prism.
3.
Wiring diagrams are included in the Product Instruction
sheets.
4.
The switches should not be used with very dirty liquids.
5.
Full instructions are given in the Product Instruction Sheet
provided with each unit.
www.heldon.com.au
121
Liquid Level Switches
1.
Heldon
LIQUID LEVEL SWITCHES (II)
Introduction
The E-9400 series liquid level switches use infrared light
reflecting from a conical glass prism moulded in the sight glass
as a means of detecting the absence of a fluid at the level of
the glass cone. When no fluid covers the lower half of the cone,
infra-red light from the module reflects from the mirror-like
inner surface of the cone back to a light detector signalling the
electronic module to switch. When fluid covers the lower half of
the glass cone, the light from the module passes into the fluid.
E-9400 Series
Liquid Level Switches
This absence of light is detected by the module, which switches
into the opposite direction. The module provides a .06/.10
differential distance from the cone point down.
Features
Benefits
1. Eliminates mechanical floats.
2. Reduces number of connections required on liquid level
columns by mechanical floats.
3. Provides automatic control of pumps, valves, high and low
alarms, and cut-outs.
4. Can be interfaced with a computer to track and record
refrigerant levels.
5. Serviceable in situ.
6. No contact level sensing.
1. Saves expense.
2. Simplicity and ease of operation. Avoids potential leak paths.
3. Versatile and convenient.
4. Responsible refrigerant management.
5. Avoids refrigerant loss.
6. No pump down required to change modules.
Installation
Module Replacement
The E-9400 series liquid level switch is intended to be mounted
horizontally on the side of a liquid level column in the sight
glass cap. The switch can be installed on any location on the
liquid level column when the temperatures do not exceed the
rating specified. This includes oil separators, oil reservoirs and
refrigerant receivers. The electrical connection end is suitable for
1⁄2" conduit. For electrical safety, liquid level switch types which
use an AC power supply must be used on grounded equipment.
1. Disconnect the power.
2. Remove wiring box from the retainer.
3. Remove the R. Ring with an IRR P-101 or equivalent
retaining ring pliers.
4. Remove the adapter.
5. Pull out the module by the leads.
6. Install new module.
7. Verify the voltage rating.
8. Re-assemble.
Technical Specification
Application Wiring
Manufactured to UL standards #873 and #207 file numbers.
E141577 and SA6720, U.S. Patent 5,278,426
Maximum Working Pressure: 3,450 kPa (500 psi)
Temperature rating: See table
Wiring diagrams for both AC and DC applications are shown
below. The 3 wire switching circuits shown can be used in a
number of applications.
Mounting: Horizontal only
Switch inductive ratings: 35 va pilot duty rated
Contact, power off: Normally Open (N.O.)
Contact life: More than one million cycles at rated electrical load
Power for operation: 3.5 ma AC, 5.5 ma DC
Minimum load: 2 ma (without bleed resistor)
122
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
Dimensions and Capacities
b
`
c
Y
X
U
`
`
X
a
\
d
e
f
g
h
i
W
U
_
k
W
j
i
l
h
m
[
U
W
i
_
h
c
\
Y
W
i
l
m
m
[
U
Y
X
n
W
_
\
j
i
i
j
i
p
U
V
W
U
X
T
Y
U
U
V
W
U
X
[
Y
Z
Y
[
U
\
_
^
q
U
T
h
W
U
j
_
Z
Y
208/240V 50/60
Hz
0.25 Amp
N.C.
Red & White
-40°C to 93°C
E-9420A
208/240V 50/60
Hz
0.25 Amp
N.O.
Red & White/
Stripe
-40°C to 93°C
E-9424
24V AC/DC
0.5 Amp
N.C.
Orange & White
-40°C to 99°C
N.O.
Orange & White/
Stripe
-40°C to 99°C
[
a
]
^
_
]
[
`
\
T
E-9420
j
o
Y
X
h
o
\
\
Min/Max
Fluid Temperature
Voltage
U
h
Wire Colour
Code
Part No.
]
T
_
Contacts
with
Liquid
Present
Resistive
Rating
a
r
i
E-9424A
24V AC/DC
0.5 Amp
Application Wiring
Wiring diagrams for both AC and DC applications are shown below.
The 3 wire switching circuits shown can be used in a number of
applications.
Liquid Level Switch Details Disassembled View
Liquid Level Switch Assembled View (no sight glass)
Figure 1
Figure 2
œ

—
ž
–
•
˜
–
•
¥
¦

§
š
Ÿ
¡
¢
”
˜
™
›
£
˜
›
ª
–
«
¨
—
¬
¬
¤
2.5”
s
t
u
v
w

”
•
–
—
˜
™
•
š
”
˜
™
›
Ÿ
ž
—
•
š
”
•
¨
—
§
©
¦

¨
x
†
‡
y
ˆ
w
s
‰
†
‡
t
}
Ž
w

u
‡
v
w
z
Š

{
v
}
v
|
‹

y
u
z
|
w

v
}
€
‘
~

w
w
z

Œ
v
ƒ
‡
€
z
„
’
†

‚
ƒ
z
„
€
€
w
“
x
y
ˆ
x
†
x

y
•
¤
O-Ring
Figure 3
ú
ë
í
í
ã
é
ä
û
ü
Figure 4
ï
ý
ä
ü
÷
ù
ð
ù
û
þ
ý
è
ÿ
è
ã
ú
ù
ì
å
ø
ý
è
ä
ü
´
Ú
Û
Ü
Ý
Þ
Ý
ß
µ
¶
·
¸
·
¹
º
à
¼
â
ã
ä
å
±
Õ
Ù
Ú
²
³
´
Á
ç
è
ã
ä
é
ê
ë
ì
í
ë
×
è
ÿ
è
ã
­
®
¯
Â
½
¾
Ã
Ä
ï
ã
ï
ë
ð
í
è
ð
ñ
ä
ò
ã
è
ó
ô
õ
É
½
É
Å
Ê
Ç
Â
Ê
Ë
¾
Ì
½
ù
ì
å
ø
ù
ì
ï
è
»
³
´
Figure 5
Æ
Ð
ù
ì
è
ú
ì
ð
ù
í
Ò
Ó
Ò
Æ
Â
Ó
Ô
Æ
Â
Æ
É
Ê
Ó
Ç
Ê
Â
è
Example:
Differential control of liquid level using E-9420A liquid level switch
operation:
1. Turn on solenoid valve when level goes below lower E-9420A
2. Turn off solenoid valve when level goes above upper E-9420A
ø
www.heldon.com.au
123
Liquid Level Switches
Ï
µ
Ñ
Å
Î
ð
±
Ç
Í
ø
Û
÷
Æ
Â
ö
Ñ
÷
Ú
Å
°
È
À
Ø
ú
¿
ì
ý
Ö
î
á
¾
µ
Û
Õ
Õ
½
æ
Heldon
LIQUID & OIL LEVEL PROBES
Introduction
The LLP level probe measures receiver refrigerant level by
sensing a change in capacitance between the LLP probe rod and
the receiver tank wall. As the liquid refrigerant changes in level it
changes in output voltage between 0 and 5 volts. In other words,
2.5 volts can be scaled to indicate a 50% liquid level. 0% level
is typically set as one inch from the tank bottom. 100 % level is
typically set as the receiver 90% fill level.
Recalibration
The Henry Technologies LLP Series probes are factory calibrated
for a 16” diameter vertical receiver and diameters or refrigerants.
To obtain maximum accuracy, the probe can be re-calibrated after
the system has been in operation and conditions have stabilised.
Re-Calibration Procedure:
1.
Monitor the output voltage using a voltmeter installed in
parallel with the signal and common leads of the control
loop. (Terminals 2 & 3 on the wiring diagram.)
2.
Lower the refrigerant level in the receiver to a level equal
to 0%. Adjust the “Zero” calibration screw for a voltmeter
reading of 0.0 volts DC.
3.
Raise the refrigerant level in the receiver to a level equal to
50% level. Adjust the “Span” calibration screw for a voltmeter
reading of 2.5 volts DC.
LLP Series
The re-calibration is complete.
For applications which require a 1-6V or 4-20mA output, consult
the factory.
Features
Benefits
1. 10-24VDC Supply Voltage.
2. Optional Relay for 20% low level alarm.
1. Safe and simple field wiring.
2. Optional relay can provide a level indication to a remote
alarm system to show insufficient refrigerant quantity.
3. Relays have sufficient capacity to provide long term, trouble
free operation.
4. Outputs are compatible with modern building management
systems.
5. Promotes responsible refrigerant management.
6. One level probe suits a multitude of refrigerants.
3. Relay Ratings: 250V @ 7 Amp Resistive.
4. Output: 0V-5VDC, 1V-6VDC,4-20mA .
5. Continuous accurate measurement of receiver liquid level.
6. Suitable for all popular refrigerants including R410A,
R404A, R507, R134a, R22.
7. Special CO2 unit available upon requests.
P
Q
]
Technical Specification
^
S
S
n
}
h
Y
p
x
v
W
`
S
Y
o
V
Y
d
h
m
U
Z
Y
U
|
T
S
Q
l
{
R
_
g
R
q
V
b
j
R
Y
Z
X
Y
k
R
S
c
S
Z
[
\
d
Y
j
e
Y
W
U
[
Y
GROUND
f
R
\
~
r
s
t

u
€
o

v
w
x
‚
ƒ
m
s
y
„
z
r
o
w
o
w
RACK
CONTROLLER
Liquid & Oil Level Probes
Working Pressure = 5,500 kPa (800 psi)
Ambient Temperature: -40oC to 70oC
J
*
-
Note:Unless otherwise indicated,
probes are calibrated for R404A /R22.
This standard calibration also works
with R134a, R507 and R410A within 5%
of receiver level.
Œ
.
H

$
%
E
/

%
$
) #
E
.
%
O
%
E
/
-
K
$
E
#
.
.
/
/
L
&
$
$
)
M
N
#
2VDC
POWER
SUPPLY
$
L
+
‰
D
Ž
LINE
VOLTAGE
R
V
W
f
o
o
X
a
i
7. Unit available to work with Higher Pressure Refrigerant CO2.
/
&
E
'
%
)
$
F
-
G
G
)
H
*
%
E
I

) M
N
+
-
$
NC
(
*
/
L
’
&
) ‘
#
%
0
(
)
*
1
+
2
3
,
4
5
!
"
$
#
-
6
7
$
#
8
9
#
.
:
% #
.
;
&
/
&
<
3
6
'
$
)
#
COM
.
=
2
6
3
=
2
6
5
5
7
>
?
@
?
A
=
B
C
2
6
3
5
7
>
?
/
.
M
$
?
=
2
>
>
456
7
>
f
–
a
†
!
ˆ
‰
G
)
E
Zero Adjust Calibration
Span Adjust Calibration
—
†
‡
Relay Output
N
a
†
NO
123
9
I
/
O
456
F
‡
“
†
‰
”
Š
)
J
.
)
)
•
%
F
,
/
•
‹
/
-
%
%
/
L
E
/
.
&
/
‡
$
124
-
0-5VDC
FROM PROBE
#
D
#
$
$
#
•
#
‘
"
/
&
/
)
‹
/
L
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
COPPER FITTINGS
Introduction
Heldon Copper Fittings are engineered and manufactured to
meet or exceed Australian and International Standards in ISO
9000-2001 certified facilities as verified by:
1.
Proof Testing to exceed 4 times Safe Working Pressure.
2.
Sectioning and dimensional testing.
3.
Stringent quality control measures and rigorously tested to
ensure minimum wall thicknesses and the removal of stress
and fatigue focus points.
Heldon Copper Fittings are suitable for use with the American
“Copper Tubes for Air-conditioning & Refrigeration Field Service
- ASTM B280” and the “Australian and New Zealand Standard
AS/NZS 1571 – Copper Seamless tube for Air-conditioning and
Refrigeration”.
A large range of Refrigeration Fittings are available to suit all
popular refrigerants including R410A and CO 2 (sub-critical)
refrigerants.
Standard Fittings
Large Diameter High Pressure Fittings
Heldon’s standard copper fittings are substantially thicker on
average than other fittings on the market today as they are
manufactured to exceed B 16.22-1989. Consequently they also
have a higher pressure rating. Burst tests further indicate
that Heldon copper fittings are more than 10% stronger than
other fittings on the local market. A range of sizes up to
4 1/8” is available.
Heldon’s new range of large diameter copper fittings is now
available.
R400 Series Fittings
Special Fittings
Heldon’s R400 Series fittings are packed or stamped R400 and
are suitable for R410A with a Safe Working Pressure (SWP) of
approximately 5,000 kPa at ambient temperature. A range of
sizes of up to 1 5/8” are currently available.
Can be designed and made to customer requirements in many
sizes.
Wall Thickness and Pressure Ratings
Fittings
Working pressure is a function of the wall thickness, diameter
and working temperature. Often it appears that fittings are
thinner than the tube they are joining, but this may be explained
by the allowance designed into the tube for thinning when it is
bent or formed. This can be as much as 25%, but the average is
20% for fittings up to 2 5/8”. Also, some standard tubes may be
thicker than required, due to the limited tube availability versus
optimum design.
Fittings have a wall thickness reduction of approximately 20%,
but a similar Safe Working Pressure. This is because fittings
have a 4 times safety factor, as specified by ASME B16.22 2001.
Tubing
In summary, the Standards AS/NZS 1571, 4041and ASMEB280,
give a Safe Working Pressure for annealed tube, with a 5 times
safety factor to the Nominal Pressure.
Tswp = Tube Safe Working Pressure
Consisting of a selection of Couplings, 90 degree Elbows and
Stop Ends, these Fittings are rated to a Safe Working Pressure
of 3,200 kPa up to 50 degrees Celsius. This makes them ideal for
the Low Pressure side of R410A and CO2 systems below 3.2MPa).
Fswp = Fitting Safe Working Pressure
= Burst Pressure min. / 4.
Joining
Strong, leak-free connections for copper can be made easily by
brazing with “filler metals”. Employing “silver brazing alloys”
(silver solder), competent tradespeople can install copper
pipe work & fittings in accordance with the methodologies
as recommended in AS HB40. The use of 15% silver solder is
recommended when brazing copper tubing or fittings for use
with R410A or other high pressure refrigerants.
= Burst Pressure approx. / 5
www.heldon.com.au
125
Heldon
Note that in order for silver brazing alloys to melt and flow
properly, 620˚c to 790°c is required. At these high temperatures
the copper will react with oxygen in the air and form copper
oxide (scale) on the inner walls of the copper components.
This scale will be broken off into flakes by liquid refrigerant
passing through the pipe work. These flakes will produce a fine
powder which can cause blockages in filter driers, strainers
and capillary tubes.
application. The end user or system designer must satisfy
themselves of a part’s suitability for use in their systems application.
Once satisfied in this regard, they can enjoy the benefits of having
chosen a quality Heldon product.
It is recommended to use an inert gas such as Dry Nitrogen, to
displace any air inside the pipe work when silver brazing copper
and avoid the creation of copper oxide.
R410A fittings, according to AIRAH, should be rated for 4,200 kPa
at 65˚C. This is equivalent to 4,670. kPa at 50°c based on allowable
stress. Most Heldon R410A fittings meet 5,000 kPa which gives
a SWP of 4,150 kPa at 75˚C.
Suitability for Application
Copper can work harden. These product specifications are
based on static in-house tests, calculated data, information
from material suppliers and relevant standards. Heldon
cannot predict the conditions or unique dynamics created in
the working environment by the combination of temperature,
pressure, vibration and pulsation that will vary for each particular
Copper has a considerable drop in allowable stress with increased
operating temperatures, reducing by 17% between 50˚c and 75°c.
Safe Working Pressure tables are listed for most fitting types.
Note: Stop Ends, U Bends and Y-pieces have a lower SWP due
to their design shape. Consult Heldon Products Australia for
details.
Note: R410A SWP equals 4,200 kPa. CO2 SWP equals 5,200 kPa.
Capacities
Safe Working Temperatures at Working Temperatures
Standard Fittings
R410A Fittings
Safe Working Pressure (kPa)
Safe Working Pressure (kPa)
up to 120oC
Conn. Size
(Inch)
-29oC to 50oC
up to 65oC
up to 75oC
up to 120oC
8300
8000
3/16
10000
8900
8300
8000
8300
8000
1/4
10000
8900
8300
8000
7565
7055
6800
5/16
8500
7565
7055
6800
5340
4980
4800
1/2
6000
5340
4980
4800
5600
4984
4648
4480
5/8
5600
4984
4648
4480
5000
4450
4150
4000
3/4
5000
4450
4150
4000
4500
4005
3735
3600
7/8
5000
4450
4150
4000
Conn. Size
(Inch)
-29oC to 50oC
up to 65oC
up to 75oC
3/16
10000
8900
1/4
10000
8900
5/16
8500
1/2
6000
5/8
3/4
7/8
4500
4005
3735
3600
1
5000
4450
4150
4000
4000
3560
3320
3200
1 1/8
5000
4450
4150
4000
1 1/4
3900
3471
3237
3120
1 1/4
5000
4450
4150
4000
1 3/8
3500
3115
2905
2800
1 3/8
5000
4450
4150
4000
1 1/2
3500
3115
2905
2800
1 1/2
5000
4450
4150
4000
1 5/8
3300
2937
2739
2640
1 5/8
5000
4450
4150
4000
1 3/4
3500
2937
2739
2640
Large Diameter High Pressure Copper Fittings SWP (kPa)
2
3100
2759
2573
2480
2 1/8
2900
2407
2320
2236
2 1/4
2700
2403
2241
2160
2 1/8
3200
2 1/2
2700
2403
2241
2160
2 5/8
3200
2 5/8
2700
2403
2241
2160
3 1/8
3200
3
2200
1958
1826
1760
3 1/8
2180
1940
1809
1744
3 1/2
2100
1869
1743
1680
3 5/8
2090
1860
1735
1672
4
2050
1825
1702
1640
4 1/8
2020
1825
1702
1616
www.heldon.com.au
Note: For temperatures greater than
50°C, please consult with Heldon
Products Australia.
Fittings
126
1
1 1/8
Heldon
COPPER COUPLINGS
Copper Couplings
Copper Couplings
Part No.
ID to ID
Pack Q'ty
Part No.
ID to ID
Pack Q'ty
1009-0303
3/16 x 3/16
10
1009-2416
1 1/2 x 1
2
1009-0404
1/4 x 1/4
10
1009-2420
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2
1009-0505
5/16 x 5/16
10
1009-2424
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
2
1009-0604
3/8 x 1/4
10
1009-2614
1 5/8 x 7/8
1
1009-0606
3/8 x 3/8
10
1009-2618
1 5/8 x 1 1/8
1
1009-0804
1/2 x 1/4
10
1009-2622
1 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
1009-0806
1/2 x 3/8
10
1009-2622-410A
1 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
1009-0808
1/2 x 1/2
10
1009-2626
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1009-1006
5/8 x 3/8
10
1009-2626-410A
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1009-1008
5/8 x 1/2
10
1009-3218
2 x 1 1/8
1
1009-1010
5/8 x 5/8
10
1009-3222
2 x 1 3/8
1
1
1009-1206
3/4 x 3/8
5
1009-3224
2 x 1 1/2
1009-1208
3/4 x 1/2
5
1009-3232
2x2
1
1009-1210
3/4 x 5/8
5
1009-3418
2 1/8 x 1 1/8
1
1009-1212
3/4 x 3/4
5
1009-3422
2 1/8 x 1 3/8
1
1009-1408
7/8 x 1/2
5
1009-3422-HP
2 1/8 x 1 3/8
1
1009-1410
7/8 x 5/8
5
1009-3426
2 1/8 x 1 5/8
1
1009-1412
7/8 x 3/4
5
1009-3426-HP
2 1/8 x 1 5/8
1
1009-1414
7/8 x 7/8
5
1009-3434
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1009-1608
1 x 1/2
5
1009-4218
2 5/8 x 1 1/8
1
1009-1612
1 x 3/4
5
1009-4222
2 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
1009-1614
1 x 7/8
5
1009-4222-HP
2 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
1009-1616
1x1
5
1009-4226
2 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1009-1808
1 1/8 x 1/2
2
1009-4226-HP
2 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1009-1810
1 1/8 x 5/8
2
1009-4234
2 5/8 x 2 1/8
1
1009-1810-410A
1 1/8 x 5/8
2
1009-4234-HP
2 5/8 x 2 1/8
1
1009-1812
1 1/8 x 3/4
2
1009-4242
2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
1009-1812-410A
1 1/8 x 3/4
2
1009-4840
3 x 2 1/2
1
1009-1814
1 1/8 x 7/8
2
1009-4834
3 x 2 1/8
1
1009-1814-410A
1 1/8 x 7/8
2
1009-4842
3 x 2 5/8
1
1009-1816
1 1/8 x 1
2
1009-4848
3x3
1
1009-1818
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1009-5034
3 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1009-1818-410A
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1009-5034-HP
3 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1009-2016
1 1/4 x 1
2
1009-5042
3 1/8 x 2 5/8
1
1009-2018
1 1/4 x 1 1/8
2
1009-5042-HP
3 1/8 x 2 5/8
1
1009-2020
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
2
1009-5050
3 1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1009-2020-410A
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
2
1009-5656
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
1
1009-2210
1 3/8 x 5/8
2
1009-6442
4 x 2 5/8
1
1009-2212
1 3/8 x 3/4
2
1009-6464
4x4
1
1009-2214
1 3/8 x 7/8
2
1009-2216
1 3/8 x 1
2
1009-2218
1 3/8 x 1 1/8
2
1009-2218-410A
1 3/8 x 1 1/8
2
1009-2222
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
2
1009-2222-410A
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
2
Note: HP = High Pressure Copper Fittings
www.heldon.com.au
127
Heldon
COPPER BUSHES OD to ID
Copper Bushes
Part No.
OD to ID
Pack Q'ty
1004-0604
3/8 x 1/4
5
1004-0804
1/2 x 1/4
5
1004-0806
1/2 x 3/8
5
1004-1006
5/8 x 3/8
5
1004-1008
5/8 x 1/2
5
1004-1208
3/4 x 1/2
5
1004-1210
3/4 x 5/8
5
Part No.
OD to ID
Pack Q'ty
1004-1408
7/8 x 1/2
5
1004-2824
1 3/4 x 1 1/2
1
1004-1410
7/8 x 5/8
5
1004-3216
2x1
1
1004-1412
7/8 x 3/4
5
1004-3220
2 x 1 1/4
1
1004-1418
7/8 x 1 1/8
5
1004-3224
2 x 1 1/2
1
1004-1422
7/8 x 1 3/8
5
1004-3418
2 1/8 x 1 1/8
1
1004-1608
1 x 1/2
5
1004-3422
2 1/8 x 1 3/8
1
1004-1610
1 x 5/8
5
1004-3426
2 1/8 x 1 5/8
1
Fittings
1004-1612
128
Copper Couplings
1004 Series
Copper Bushes
1 x 3/4
5
1004-4226
2 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1004-1614
1 x 7/8
5
1004-4234
2 5/8 x 2 1/8
1
1004-1808
1 1/8 x 1/2
2
1004-4832
3x2
1
1004-1810
1 1/8 x 5/8
2
1004-4834
3 x 2 1/8
1
1004-4842
3 x 2 5/8
1
1004-1810-410A
1 1/8 x 5/8
2
1004-1812
1 1/8 x 3/4
2
1004-5034
3 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1004-1812-410A
1 1/8 x 3/4
2
1004-5042
3 1/8 x 2 5/8
1
1004-1814
1 1/8 x 7/8
2
1004-5048
3-1/8 x 3
1
1004-1814-410A
1 1/8 x 7/8
2
1004-5050
3-1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1004-1816-410A
1 1/8 x 1
2
1004-6664
4-1/8 x 4
1
1004-2008
1 1/4 x 1/2
2
1004-2010
1 1/4 x 5/8
2
1004-2012
1 1/4 x 3/4
2
1004-2016
1 1/4 x 1
2
1004-2016-410A
1 1/4 x 1
2
1004-2210
1 3/8 x 5/8
2
1004-2212
1 3/8 x 3/4
2
1004-2214
1 3/8 x 7/8
2
1004-2214-410A
1 3/8 x 7/8
2
1004-2216
1 3/8 x 1
2
1004-2218
1 3/8 x 1 1/8
2
1004-2218-410A
1 3/8 x 1 1/8
2
1004-2220
1 3/8 x 1 1/4
2
1004-2412
1 1/2 x 3/4
2
1004-2416
1 1/2 x 1
2
1004-2418
1 1/2 x 1 1/8
2
1004-2420
1 1/2 x 1 1/4
2
1004-2614
1 5/8 x 7/8
1
1004-2618
1 5/8 x 1 1/8
1
1004-2622
1 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
1004-2622-410A
1 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
COPPER TEES/COPPER ELBOWS
1080 Series
1049 Series
Copper P-Traps
Copper Tees
Part No.
ID to ID
Pack Q'ty
1080-10
5/8 x 5/8
5
10
1080-12
3/4 x 3/4
5
1/4 x 1/4 x 1/4
10
1080-14
7/8 x 7/8
5
1049-050504
5/16 x 5/16 x 1/4
10
1080-18
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1049-050505
5/16 x 5/16 x 5/16
10
1080-22
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
2
1049-060604
3/8 x 3/8 x 1/4
10
1080-26
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
2
1049-060606
3/8 x 3/8 x 3/8
10
1080-34
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1049-080804
1/2 x 1/2 x 1/4
10
1049-080806
1/2 x 1/2 x 3/8
10
1049-080808
1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2
10
1049-080810
1/2 x 1/2 x 5/8
5
1049-101006
5/8 x 5/8 x 3/8
5
1049-101008
5/8 x 5/8 x 1/2
5
1049-101010
5/8 x 5/8 x 5/8
5
1049-101012
5/8 x 5/8 x 3/4
5
1049-121206
3/4 x 3/4 x 3/8
5
1049-121208
3/4 x 3/4 x 1/2
5
1049-121210
3/4 x 3/4 x 5/8
5
1049-121212
3/4 x 3/4 x 3/4
5
Part No.
OD to ID
Pack Q'ty
1049-141408
7/8 x 7/8 x 1/2
2
1022-0606
3/8 x 3/8
10
1049-141410
7/8 x 7/8 x 5/8
2
1022-0808
1/2 x 1/2
10
1049-141414
7/8 x 7/8 x 7/8
2
1022-1010
5/8 x 5/8
10
1049-161608
1 x 1 x 1/2
2
1022-1212
3/4 x 3/4
5
1049-161612
1 x 1 x 3/4
2
1022-1414
7/8 x 7/8
5
1049-161616
1x1x1
2
1022-1616
1x1
2
1049-181818
1 1/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8
1
1022-1818
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1049-202020
1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1
1022-2020
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1
1049-202020-410A
1 1/4 x 1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1
1022-2222
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1049-222222
1 3/8 x 1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1022-2424
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
1
1049-242424
1 1/2 x 1 1/2 x 1 1/2
1
1022-2626
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1049-262614
1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 7/8
1
1022-3434
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1049-262626
1 5/8 x 1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1022-4242
2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
1049-323232
2x2x2
1
1049-343434
2 1/8 x 2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1049-424242
2 5/8 x 2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
1049-484848
3x3x3
1
1049-505050
3 1/8 x 3 1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1049-646464
4x4x4
1
Part No.
ID to ID Line/Line/
Branch
Pack Q'ty
1049-030303
3/16 x 3/16 x 3/16
1049-040404
1022 Series
Copper Elbows - 90o Elbow (Male to Female)
www.heldon.com.au
129
Heldon
COPPER ELBOWS/RETURN BENDS
1024 Series
1024S Series
Copper Elbows - 90o Elbow (Female)
Copper Elbows - Short Radius
Part No.
ID to ID
Pack Q'ty
Part No.
1024S-0606
3/8 x 3/8
10
1024-0404
1/4 x 1/4
10
1024S-0808
1/2 x 1/2
10
1024-0505
5/16 x 5/16
10
1024S-1010
5/8 x 5/8
10
1024-0606
3/8 x 3/8
10
1024S-1212
3/4 x 3/4
5
1024-0806
1/2 x 3/8
10
1024S-1414
7/8 x 7/8
5
1024-0808
1/2 x 1/2
10
1024S-1616
1x1
2
1024-1008
5/8 x 1/2
10
1024S-1818
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1024-1010
5/8 x 5/8
10
1024S-2020
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1
1024-1208
3/4 x 1/2
5
1024S-2222
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1024-1212
3/4 x 3/4
5
1024S-2424
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
1
1024-1414
7/8 x 7/8
5
1024S-2626
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1024-1612
1 x 3/4
2
1024S-3434
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1024-1616
1x1
2
1024S-4242
2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
1024-1818
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
Pack Q'ty
1024S-4848
3x3
1
1024-1818-410A
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1024S-5050
3 1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1024-2020
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1
1024-2020-410A
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
1
1024-2222
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1024-2222-410A
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1024-2424
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
1
1024-2622
1 5/8 x 1 3/8
1
1024-2626
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1024-2626-410A
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1062 Series
Copper Return Bends (Female to Female)
130
ID to ID
1024-3232
2x2
1
1024-3434
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1024-3434-HP
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1024-4040
2 1/2 x 2 1/2
1
1024-4242
2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
Part No.
ID x CTR
Pack Q'ty
1062-0620
3/8 x 1 1/2
1
1024-4242-HP
1062-0824
1/2 x 1 1/2
1
1024-4848
3x3
1
1062-1032
5/8 x 2
1
1024-5050
3 1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1062-1048
5/8 x 3
1
1024-5050-HP
3 1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1062-1232
3/4 x 2
1
1024-5656
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
1
1062-1244
3/4 x 2 3/4
1
1024-6464
4x4
1
1062-1436
7/8 x 2 1/4
1
1062-1636
1 x 2 1/4
1
1062-2048
1 1/4 x 3
1
Note: HP = High Pressure Copper Fittings
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
COPPER ELBOWS/BONNETS/Y PIECES
1130 Series
1025 Series
Copper Y Pieces
Copper Elbows - 450 Elbow (Female)
Part No.
ID to ID
Pack Q'ty
Part No.
ID Inlet/Outlet/Outlet
Pack Q'ty
3/8 x 3/8 x 3/8
5
1025-0606
3/8 x 3/8
10
1130-060606
1025-0808
1/2 x 1/2
10
1130-080606
1/2 x 3/8 x 3/8
5
1025-1010
5/8 x 5/8
10
1130-080808
1/2 x 1/2 x 1/2
5
5/8 x 1/2 x 1/2
5
1025-1212
3/4 x 3/4
5
1130-100808
1025-1414
7/8 x 7/8
5
1130-101010
5/8 x 5/8 x 5/8
5
1025-1616
1x1
2
1130-120808
3/4 x 1/2 x 1/2
5
2
1130-121010
3/4 x 5/8 x 5/8
5
1025-1818
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
1025-1818-410A
1 1/8 x 1 1/8
2
1130-121212
3/4 x 3/4 x 3/4
5
1025-2020
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
2
1130-141010
7/8 x 5/8 x 5/8
5
1 1/4 x 1 1/4
2
1130-141414
7/8 x 7/8 x 7/8
5
1025-2222
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1130-161010
1 x 5/8 x 5/8
5
1025-2222-410A
1 3/8 x 1 3/8
1
1130-161212
1 x 3/4 x 3/4
5
1 1/8 x 5/8 x 5/8
5
5
1025-2020-410A
1025-2424
1 1/2 x 1 1/2
1
1130-181010
1025-2626
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1130-181212
1 1/8 x 3/4 x 3/4
1025-2626-410A
1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1130-181414
1 1/8 x 7/8 x 7/8
5
1 1/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8
5
5
1025-3232
2x2
1
1130-181818
1025-3434
2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1130-201010
1 1/4 x 5/8 x 5/8
1025-4242
2 5/8 x 2 5/8
1
1130-201212
1 1/4 x 3/4 x 3/4
5
1 3/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8
5
1025-4848
3x3
1
1130-221818
1025-5050
3 1/8 x 3 1/8
1
1130-261818
1 5/8 x 1 1/8 x 1 1/8
1
1025-5656
3 1/2 x 3 1/2
1
1130-342626
2 1/8 x 1 5/8 x 1 5/8
1
1130-483434
3 x 2 1/8 x 2 1/8
1
1105 Series
Copper Bonnets
Part No.
SAE
Pack Q'ty
1105-04
1/4 SAE
10
1105-05
5/16 SAE
10
1105-06
3/8 SAE
10
1105-08
1/2 SAE
10
1105-10
5/8 SAE
10
1105-12
3/4 SAE
10
www.heldon.com.au
131
Heldon
COPPER STOP ENDS/WASHERS
1120 Series
96 Series
Copper Stop Ends
Part No.
Flare Washer to suit 96 Series Flare Adaptor
ID
Pack Q'ty
Part No.
ID
Pack Q'ty
1/4 SAE
10
1120-06
3/8 ID
5
1107-04
1120-08
1/2 ID
5
1107-06
3/8 SAE
10
1120-10
5/8 ID
5
1107-08
1/2 SAE
10
5/8 SAE
10
3/4 SAE
10
1120-12
3/4 ID
5
1107-10
1120-14
7/8 ID
5
1107-12
1120-16
1 ID
5
1120-18
1 1/8 ID
2
1120-20
1 1/4 ID
2
1120-22
1 3/8 ID
2
1120-24
1 1/2 ID
2
1120-26
1 5/8 ID
2
1120-32
2 ID
2
1120-34
2 1/8 ID
2
1120-34-HP
2 1/8 ID
2
1120-40
2 1/2 ID
1
1120-42
2 5/8 ID
1
1120-42-HP
1110 Series
Flare Washer to fit SAE Standard Flare
2 5/8 ID
1
1120-48
3 ID
1
Part No.
Pack Q'ty
1120-50
3 1/8 ID
1
1110-04
1/4 SAE
10
1120-50-HP
3 1/8 ID
1
1110-05
5/16 SAE
10
1120-56
3 1/2 ID
1
1110-06
3/8 SAE
10
1120-64
4 ID
1
1110-08
1/2 SAE
10
1120-80
5 ID
1
1110-10
5/8 SAE
10
1120-96
6 ID
1
1110-12
3/4 SAE
10
Note: HP = High Pressure Copper Fittings
132
ID
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
PIPE CLIPS/CAPILLARY TUBES
1115 Series
1150 Series
Capillary Tubes
Pipe Clips
Part No.
Diameter
Pack Q'ty
1115-04
1/4
10
1115-05
5/16
10
1115-06
3/8
10
1115-08
1/2
10
1115-10
5/8
10
1115-12
3/4
10
10
1115-14
7/8
1115-16
1
10
1115-18
1 1/8
10
1115-20
1 1/4
10
1115-22
1 3/8
10
1115-24
1 1/2
10
1115-26
1 5/8
10
1115-28
1 3/4
10
1115-32
2
10
1115-34
2 1/8
10
1115-40
2 1/2
10
Part No.
Connection
Pack Q'ty
1150-0404
1/4 FSAE Tube - 900mm
Long
1
1150-0404D
1/4 FSAE Tube - Depressor 900mm Long
1
www.heldon.com.au
133
Heldon
BRASS
Introduction
Heldon has been a specialist in manufacturing brass fittings for
over 80 years with precision computerised NC lathes.
Using only A grade materials and manufacturing to tight
tolerances for threads, clearances and sealing faces, Heldon
fittings are ideal for the demanding requirements of modern
refrigerants and other critical industries. Flared connections
from 1/8’’ OD to 3/4’’ OD can have a safe working pressure up to
4,200 kPa (610 psi) depending on size and a temperature range
from -50°C to 120°C.
Heldon’s fittings are chemically cleaned for contaminant free
installations. Oxygen cleaning is also available.
Flare Nuts
Schrader Fittings
•
With the high cost of refrigerants, higher pressures and more
extremes in the range of working temperatures Heldon's
forged flare nuts are your best insurance policy for reducing
the chance of leaks and fractures at these critical joints.
•
Heldon manufactures Schrader access and depressor valves
in a variety of bodies for many purposes. Other thread size
or combinations are available on request.
•
•
Heldon’s ‘’Frost-proof’’ series of flare nuts are the ultimate
solution, and a must where condensation and frosting could
lead to pipe damage or nut creep.
Schrader valves used in all Heldon fittings feature
Heldoprene™ seats that are suitable for all fluorinated
refrigerants up to a safe working pressure of 4,200 kPa
(610 psi).
•
Heldon’s range of forged flare nuts, (501,502) are stronger
than machined nuts , and will withstand maximum system
pressures.
•
R410A designated fittings have a 5/16" male flare at the
Schrader end.
•
All fittings are supplied with one cap and core. Additional
caps, cores and tools are available separately.
Standard Thread Table
SAE
134
JIC
BSP
NPT
Tube Size
Thread Size
Tube Size
Thread Size
Tube Size
Thread Size
Tube Size
Thread Size
1/8
5/16 - 24
1/8
5/16 - 24
1/8
1/8 - 28
1/8
1/8 - 27
3/16
3/8 - 24
3/16
3/8 - 24
1/4
1/4 - 19
1/4
1/4 - 18
1/4
7/16 - 20
1/4
7/16 - 20
3/8
3/8 - 19
3/8
3/8 - 18
5/16
1/2-20
5/16
1/2 - 20
1/2
1/2 - 14
1/2
1/2 - 14
3/8
5/8 - 18
3/8
9/16 - 18
3/4
3/4 - 14
3/4
3/4 - 14
1/2
3/4 - 16
1/2
3/4 - 16
1
1 - 11
1
1 - 11.5
5/8
7/8 - 14
5/8
7/8 - 14
1 1/4
1 1/4 - 11
1 1/4
1 1/4 - 11.5
3/4
1 1/16 - 14
3/4
1 1/16 - 12
1 1/2
1 1/2 - 11
1 1/2
1 1/2 - 11.5
7/8
1 1/4 - 12
7/8
1 3/16 - 12
2
2 - 11
2
2 - 11.5
1
1 3/8 - 12
1
1 5/16 - 12
2 1/2
2 1/2 - 11
2 1/2
2 1/2 - 8
-
-
-
-
3
3 - 11
3
3-8
-
-
-
-
3 1/2
3 1/2 - 11
3 1/2
3 1/2 - 8
-
-
-
-
4
4 - 11
4
4-8
www.heldon.com.au
Heldon
FLARE NUTS
95 Series
501 Series
Forged Brass Short Barrel Nuts FSAE
Swivel Connectors FSAE to FSAE
Part No.
Connection/ID
Pack Q'ty
Part No.
Connection
501-0404
1/4 FLARE x 1/4 ID
10
95-04
1/4 FSAE x 1/4 FSAE
2
501-0504
5/16 FLARE x 1/4 ID
10
95-05
5/16 FSAE x 5/16 FSAE
2
501-0505
5/16 FLARE x 5/16 ID
10
95-06
3/8 FSAE x 3/8 FSAE
2
501-0604
3/8 FLARE x 1/4 ID
10
95-0604
501-0605
3/8 FLARE x 5/16 ID
10
95-08
501-0606
3/8 FLARE x 3/8 ID
10
95-0806
501-0808
1/2 FLARE x 1/2 ID
5
95-10
501-1010
5/8 FLARE x 5/8 ID
2
95-1008
2
95-12
501-1212
3/4 FLARE x 3/4 ID
Pack Q'ty
3/8 FSAE x 1/4 FSAE - Reducing
2
1/2 FSAE x 1/2 FSAE
2
1/2 FSAE x 3/8 FSAE - Reducing
2
5/8 FSAE x 5/8 FSAE
1
5/8 FSAE x 1/2 FSAE - Reducing
2
3/4 FSAE x 3/4 FSAE
2
96 Series
502 Series
Swivel Flare Adaptors FSAE to Copper Tail
Forged Brass Frostproof Long Barrel Nuts FSAE
Part No.
Connection/ID
Pack Q'ty
Part No.
Connection
Pack Q'ty
502-0404
1/4 FLARE x 1/4 ID
10
96-04
1/4 FSAE x 1/4 ID
2
502-0504
5/16 FLARE x 1/4 ID
10
96-06
3/8 FSAE x 3/8 ID
2
502-0505
5/16 FLARE x 5/16 ID
10
96-08
1/2 FSAE x 1/2 ID
2
502-0604
3/8 FLARE x 1/4 ID
10
96-10
5/8 FSAE x 5/8 ID
2
502-0606
3/8 FLARE x 3/8 ID
10
96-12
3/4 FSAE x 3/4 ID
2
502-0806
1/2 FLARE x 3/8 ID
5
502-0808
1/2 FLARE x 1/2 ID
5
502-1006
5/8 FLARE x 3/8 ID
2
502-1008
5/8 FLARE x 1/2 ID
2
502-1010
5/8 FLARE x 5/8 ID
2
502-1210
3/4 FLARE x 5/8 ID
2
502-1212
3/4 FLARE x 3/4 ID
2
www.heldon.com.au
135
Heldon
SCHRADER FITTINGS
Components
59/60 Series
Schrader Components
Part No.
Schrader Step Unions
Connection
55-1-410A
Pack Q'ty
SCHR VALVE CORE-410A
10
SCHR CAP & O RING
10
S